2010 Respiratory PDF

5HVSLUDWRU\
Resource Guide 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page #
Contact List ...........................................................................................................1
Suggestions for Packing and Shipping ..................................................................2
Recommended Tool List ........................................................................................3
Pressure Test Gauge Kit ........................................................................................4
Pressure Testing Through TheHFII Port .................................................................5
Check O2 Plus IRC400..........................................................................................6
PerfectO2 Specific Parts .......................................................................................7
Power Consumption Formula.................................................................................8
Platinum Expanded Error CodeList .......................................................................9
Platinum XL Wiring Schematic.............................................................................10
4 Way Valve Function Test.... ...............................................................................11
Invacare Test Verification Procedure...................................................................12
Section 1 - Platinum Concentrator Service Manual

Service and Repair Manual
Section 2 - Perfecto2 Concentrator Service Manual

Section 3 - XPO2 Portable Concentrator Service Manual

Section 4 - Homefill Owner’s II Manual
Section 5 - Invacare Check O2 Plus Hand-Held Analyzer

CONTACT LIST
Invacare Technical Support Hotline: 1-800-668-5324 ext. 2655

5 Please write down the model, serial number, and remove cabinet.
5 Please write down total number of hours on the hour meter
.
5 Please document all symptoms that the unit is experiencing.
5 Please write down the number of red and green flashing alarm lights flashing.
Bert Richer (Business Development Manager - Respiratory): 613-296-7282
Invacare Respiratory Customer Support Hotline: 1-800-668-5324

Darrin Crowell: ext. 4316
Sherri Paquin: ext. 4318
Find service parts and parts prices on-line at
www.invacare.ca, see Parts Catalog orTechnical Zone
To send concentrators to Invacare technical services for rep

air, obtain a retrun
authorization number from customer service.
1
SUGGESTIONS FOR P ACKAGING AND SHIPPING
1. Obtain a return authorization number from Invacare customer service and write the
complete return authorization (RA) number on the outside of the shipping carton.
2. Put the return authorization number and return mailing information inside the carton.
Include your phone number in the event we need to contact you.
3. Do not send any accessories or literature.
4. Use an Invacare (product specific) shipping carton and packing if possible. If one is not
available, call Invacare customer service for an approved carton to prevent any shipping
damage.
5. Do not use “popcorn” or paper to pack the equipment.

(The small particles can enter the equipment and cause damage).
6. The unit should be cleaned internally to save a $25.00 cleaning charge.
Packing Suggestions:
• Save box and inserts for returning units.
• Rinsing the cabinet filters with water often helps keep the inside of unit clean
(Effects Concentrator/Homefill).
• Record shipping tracking number in case carrier loses product.
• When shipping multiple units on one pallet, write number of units on the shipping
manifests.
• Visit our web site at www.invacare.ca for products, parts, and service manuals.
2
RECOMMENDED TOOLS LIST
Meters / Test Equipment

• Multi – Volt/Ohm Meter
• Capacitance Meter (MFD)
• Pressure Gauge: 0 – 30 psi
• Invacare Hand HeldAnalyzer – IRC400
• Anti-Static Wrist Strap or Static Mat kit
Hand Tools
• Assorted Wrenches – ¼” – ¾”
• Adjustable Wrenches
• Assorted Sockets
Nut Drivers
• ¼”
• 11/32”
• Allen Wrenches – “T” Handle (9” Long)
• 3/32”
• 5/32”
• .5mm
• .3mm
• Screwdrivers
• Powered Driver with assorted bits
• #1, #2, and #3 Fillips
• #25 Torx Screwdriver
Pliers
• Needle Nose – Long and standard
• Ratchet Jaw
• Vise Grips
Cutter/Strippers
• Wire Strippers / Crimper
Solvents / Sealant / Adhesives
• Leak Detector
• Teflon Tape
• Alcohol
• Removable Thread Locker
• Spray Cleaner
• Lint-Free Towels
• Compressed Air Source (Dry)
• Cleaning Brush
3
1
PRESSURE TEST GAUGE KIT
Pressure Gauge Tap In Kit Part # 2001673

Troubleshooting the system pressures can be done by
tapping into the tubing that connects the sieve bed to
the product tank. The pressure gauge tap in kit comes
with detailed installation instructions, pressure gauge,
and tap in hardware.
“System Pressure 5L”

(see the service manual for further explanation)
System pressure should rise within 20 seconds to 21
PSIG +/- 0.3 and shift the 4-Way valve to the opposite
sieve bed. After the 4-Way valve shift, the pressure in
the concentrator will drop to 14 PSIG +/- 2. before
rising within 20 seconds to 21 PSIG +/- .3 and shift the
4-way valve to the opposite bed.
“System Pressure 10L”

(see the service manual for further explanation)
System pressure should rise within 20 seconds to 25
PSIG +/- 0.3 and shift the 4-Way valve to the opposite
sieve bed. After the 4-Way valve shift, the pressure in
the concentrator will drop to 16 PSIG +/- 2. and shift
the 4-Way valve to the opposite bed.
Pressure Test Gauge

Troubleshooting Points
3Pressure Transducer
3Compressor
3P.E. Valve
3 Check Valves
3Sieve Beds
3Leaks in Tubing
34-Way Valve
4
PRESSURE TESTING THROUGH THE HOMEFILL PORT
Invacare repair technicians have recently discovered a time saving tip for field technicians,
and we want to share our discovery! Concentrator sieve bed pressure swings can now be
read through the Homefill port (this tip only applies to units that are Homefill II
compatible). In the past, sieve bed pressure testing was done through a t-fitting attached
to a tube between the check valve and the product tank. Utilize this NEW information, and
it will improve your mean-time-to-repair Invacare concentrators and your overall
productivity.
Parts needed to check sieve bed pressure through Homefill II port:

1 ea. 0-30 psi. Pressure Gauge (Invacare Part Number 2001673)
1 ea. Homefill II Fill Line (Invacare Part Number 1105177)
1 ea. Blue ty-wrap (Invacare Part Number 2001682)
NOTE: If you already have a good 0-30 psi. gauge, you will only need items 2 and 3.
Assembly Instructions:
Step 1: Remove tubing from your new or current 0-30 psi. gauge.
Step 2: Fold the Homefill II fill line (PN 1105177) in half and cut it at the fold.
Step 3: Take one cut end of the fill line and att ach it to your 0-30 psi. gauge.
Step 4: Use one blue ty-wrap (PN 2001682) on the gauge end of the line to prevent leaks.
Step 5: Test assembly by connecting to the HFII port on a Platinum concentrator, (figure 1).
Step 6: Turn the concentrator ON.
Step 7: Adjust flowmeter to maximum LPM.
Step 8: View gauge, you should notice pressure swings within 20 seconds, (figure 2).
Step 9: Consult the troubleshooting section in this manual to further diagnose problems.
Figure 1. Step 5 Figure 2. Step 8
Factory Specifications for Sieve Bed Pressure Swings:

1G Platinum = starts at 14 psi. +/- 2 psi. then rises to 20 psi. +/- .03 psi. within 20 seconds.
Platinum XL = starts at 14 psi. +/- 2 psi. then rises to 21 psi. +/- .03 psi. within 20 seconds.
Platinum 10 = starts at 16 psi. +/- 2 psi. then rises to 25 psi. +/- .03 psi. within 20 seconds.
5
CHECK O2 PLUS IRC400
Now there is one economical instrument that reports all the operating parameters
necessary for performing concentrator checks. Introducing the Invacare Check O2 Plus
(TM), an efficient and cost-effective analyzer designed with technicians in mind. It checks
oxygen concentration (%), *flow rate (L/min), and patient outlet pressure (psi & kPa) on any
oxygen concentrator. What is more, it never needs to be calibrated, and there is no fuel cell
to replace. The Invacare Check O2Plus is three analyzers rolled into one.
FEATURES / BENEFITS
• Never needs to be calibrated.
• Never needs to have the fuel cell

replaced. It uses ultrasonic, rather
than galvanic fuel cell technology.
• Measure three parameters,

eliminating the need for multiple
instruments.
• Features simple, two button

operation.
• 9-volt battery power source

provides three years of typical use.
• Shuts off automatically to extend

battery life.
• 2-year limited warranty.
Caution
Do not hook IRC400 up to high pressure.

Do not use IRC400 to test units L/min. on
units rated over 5 L/min.
Do not test outlet pressure on units with
pressures set above 5 psi.
6
PERFECTO2 SPECIFIC PARTS
Invacare’s PerfectO2 concentrator has specific parts that can not be interchanged with
any other Invacare model concentrator. Below is a list of these specific parts.
Cabinet Assembly Product Tank Assembly - P2

Base Assembly Product Tank Assembly - PO2
Text Labels Check Valve Assembly - Short
Spec Labels Check Valve Assembly - Long
LED Label - P2 PC Board Assembly - P2
LED Label - PO2 PC Board Assembly - PO2
Invacare Logo Decal Control Panel
Diagnostic Labels PE Valve Assembly
Cabinet Filter Sieve Bed Assembly
Cabinet Access Door Exhaust Tube
Power Cord Exhaust Baffle
Compressor w/ Hardware Manifold & Valve Assembly
Compressor Mounting Bolts F - Tube
Compressor Mounting Bushing PVC Tube 1/2”
Compressor Inlet Tube Exhaust Fan - P2
Inlet Filter Restrictor Transformer Assembly - P2
Resonator Assembly Transformer Assembly - PO2
Muffler Assembly Heat Exchanger
6 Amp Circuit Breaker Spring - Compressor Mount
7
POWER CONSUMPTION FORMULA
Power Consumption Formula
301 Series - 350 Watts

501 Series - 450 Watts
3LX Series - 350/400
5LX Series - 350 Watts
6LX Series - 460 Watts
Platinum Series - 400 W atts
Platinum 10 - 585 W atts
Perfecto2 - 280 W atts (-3LPM) 400 W atts (+3LPM)
Homefill - 200 Watts
Use the following formula to determine the cost (per month) for
electrical usage.
Example: 5LX Series Unit
Step 1: Determine the Kilowatt Hour Rating (KWH)
Wattage Rating of Concentrator (Volts x Amps) 350 Watts
Multiplied by Hours Per Day Usage X 8 Hours
Multiplied by number of days in the month X 30 Days
Divided by 1000 / 1000
Equals Kilowatt Hours per month usage = 84 KWH per month
Step 2: Determine the electric company charge per KWH
Obtain the KWH Rate from the patients Electric Bill $ .10 KWH Rate
Multiply the rate and the KWH per month fromStep 1 X 84 KWH per Month
Monthly Cost = $8.40 per Month
8
PLATINUM EXPANDED ERROR CODE LIST
Platinum PC Boards are equipped with self diagnostic software that will direct you to the
component or problem that is causing the concentrator to alarm. On newer concentrators
the error codes are stored in the PC Board, even if the unit does notart.
st To view the error
codes turn the power switch ON. To erase any error codes, turn the power switch ON then
OFF five times in a row.
Red Green Fault Corrective Action
1 1 Low Pressure Failure Major Leak, Bad Check Valve, Weak

<7 psi. in Product Tank Compressor, Flow Meter set too High
1 2 High Pressure Failure Pressure Transducer Failed, Valve not

>21 psi. in Product Tank shifting, Contaminated Sieve Beds
1 3 Time to reach peak pressure Major Leak, Bad Check Valve, Weak
too long >30 seconds Compressor, Clogged Inlet Filter
1 4 Pilot Valve #1 - Coil Open 24 VDC during Shift, 75 - 85 Ohm

or Disconnected @ Coil
1 5 Pilot Valve #2 - Coil Open 24 VDC during Shift, 75 - 85 Ohm

or Disconnected a Coil
2 1 73% - Low O2 Dirty Filters, Flow set too High
2 2 85% - Low O2 Dirty Filters, Flow set too High
2 3 P.E. Valve - Coil Open 24 VDC during Shift, 75 - 85 Ohm

or Disconnected @ Coil, Check Transformer
2 4 Microprocessor EPROM Replace PC Board

Failure
2 5 Microprocessor RAM Replace PC Board

Failure
3 1 O2 Sensor Failure Replace PC Board
3 2 Mode F Auto Tune Failure P.E. Valve Leak, Bad Check Valve,
Weak Compressor, Bad Sieve Beds
3 3 Mode O Auto Tune Failure Make sure switch is set on position O
5 1 Auto Tune will not optimize Retry auto tune, Check PE Valve
9
Yellow
Orange Platinum XL Wiring Schematic
Yellow WARNING
To prevent electrical shock, always disconnect
concentrator from electrical outlet before servicing.
1 4 Before handling P.C. boards, you need to be properly
TRANSFORMER grounded to prevent static damage to the component s
2 5
of the board.
3 6
P3
Brown
P. C. Board Reference Only
Blue Black Auto-Tune POT O
Brown Yellow Non-SensO2 7 F
1 6
Yellow
2 7 1 5 Auto-Tune Switch
SensO2
3 8 2 6
Brown Jumper
4 9 3 7 654321
Optional
4 8
665544332211
POWER SWITCH 5 10 6543211 O2 Sensor
Brown
P5
Brown
P1
66554433221
654321
1 4 Pressure
Black P.E. VALVE Transducer
Orange 2 5
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Orange 3 6
HOUR METER 1 5
P3
9988776655443322111
99887766554433221
10
Brown White 2 6
9876543211
99887766554433221
L.E.D.s
1 6
Blue
Brown
Diagnostic
998877665544332211
3 7
Blue PILOT VALVE 2 7
Blue COOLING FAN SOLENOID 4 8
432121098765432109876543210987654321
4 1 (4-WAY VALVE) 3 8
4
32
43
3
21
2
12
1
21
2
10
1
09
0
98
9
87
8
76
7
65
6
54
5
43
4
32
3
21
2
10
1
09
0
98
9
87
8
76
7
65
6
54
5
43
4
32
3
21
2
10
1
09
0
98
9
87
8
76
7
65
6
54
5
43
4
32
3
21
21 P5
43 2 1 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8
432121098765432109876543210987654321 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 4 9
4
432 12 10 98 76 54 32 10 98 76 54 32 10 98 76 54 32 1 Red
32
43 211221100998877665544332211009988776655443322110099887766554433221
1 5 10
COMPRESSOR
432121098765432109876543210987654321 Alarm
Brown
43 2 1 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21
43 2 1 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8
432121098765432109876543210987654321 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 P1 Capacitor
Blue
Black
432121098765432109876543210987654321 ALARM
4
43
3 2
2 1
1 2
2 1
1 0
0 9
9 8
8 7
7 6
6 5
5 4
4 3
3 2
2 1
1 0
0 9
9 8
8 7
7 6
6 5
5 4
4 3
3 2
2 1
1 0
0 9
9 8
8 7
7 6
6 5
5 4
4 3
3 2
2
1 Black
POWER CORD 432121098765432109876543210987654321
432121098765432109876543210987654321
1 HORN
White
P1 - Input/Output VAC P3 - Transformer P5 - Output VDC

Pin # Color Description Pin # Color Description Pin # Color Description
1 Brown Power to Hour Meter 1 Orange 10 VAC Secondary 1 Yellow 24 VDC to P.E. Valve
2 Brown Power to Compressor 2 None No Connection 2 Orange 24 VDC to Pilot Valve
3 Brown Power IN from Switch 3 Brown 120 VAC Primary 3 None No Connection
4 Brown Power to Cooling Fan 4 Yellow 20 VAC Secondary 4 White 12 VDC to Horn
5 Blue Neutral to Hour Meter 5 Yellow 20 VAC Secondary 5 Yellow 24 VDC to P.E. Valve
6 None No Connection 6 Blue 120 VAC Primary 6 Orange 24 VDC to Pilot Valve
7 None No Connection 7 None No Connection
8 Blue Neutral to Compressor 8 Black 12 VDC to Power Switch
9 Blue Neutral to Power Cord
10 Blue Neutral to Cooling Fan
For more information call ISP Technical Support toll free at 1-800-832-4707
4-Way Valve Function Test Technical Bulletin
The 4-way valve used in the Invacare LX Series and Platinum Series Concentrators does have
an acceptable tolerance of leakage per RexRoth.
By nature of the valve design it is possible for the valve to experience small leaks, and still
operate without affecting the overall performance of the unit. The valve is assembled together
using several parts, meaning the components that make up the valve itself lock together. The
only screws in the valve are for securing the valve to the manifold assembly.
According to RexRoth there is an acceptable leak specification of 60 cc per minute at 20 psi on

each valve. Valves that have leaks within this specification will function properly without any
adverse effects to the performance of the concentrator. A leak in the amount of 60 cc or less
would be indicative of the type of small leak you would notice where the end caps connect to the
main body or where the three pieces of the main body connect together. A 60 cc leak would not
be noticeable when examining the system pressure swings.
Leaks greater than 60 cc are indicative of cracks in the end caps, or a blown seal where the end
cap connects to the main body of the valve. These leaks are detected by either reading the
system swing pressures, noticing two consecutive swings not being equal or by hearing an
audible leak every other cycle. Leaks of this extreme nature indicate the valve needs to be
replaced.
Valves should only need to be replaced when the following conditions exist:
1. A visible crack is noted on either of the end caps or main body, regardless of the amount
of leak.
2. A large leak is present on the valve that causes an imbalance in the sieve bed swing
pressures. Example: Sieve Bed 1 pressure swings from 14 psi to 21 psi, within 7-20
seconds and Sieve Bed 2 pressure swings from 13 psi to 21 psi slowly, and may take as
long as 25-30 seconds before shifting (times over 30 second will shut down
automatically).
3. Valve won’t shift and the pilot valve solenoid and circuit board are working properly.
NOTE: The concentrator’s P.C.B. should exhibit an error code for High Pressure Failure
(1 Red/2 Green).
Check each end cap Use a 0-30 psi pressure gauge

for cracks and for to monitor system pressure
major leaks. You swings, and also record the
should NOT use leak amount of time it takes to
detector on the valve. achieve a shift (full charge and
full purge).
NOTE: The best method to test the 4-way valve operation is by measuring the unit pressure
swings. This can easily be done at the Homefill port with a 0-30 psi pressure gauge and a ¼” fill
line adapter, or a by adding a ¼” t-fitting between the check valve and the product tank. Upon
starting the unit should build pressure up to 21 psi before its initial shift. After the initial shift the
unit should shift consistently in equal amounts of time +/- 1 second (time recorded in seconds).
RRC Tech Bulletin #3 1-800-668-5324 ext. 2655 Technical Support Hotline April 7, 2007
11
Invacare Test Verification Procedure Instructions
The following instructions outline the completion of the “Invacare Test Verification Procedure” that must
be completed on each concentrator repair. Proper completion of the test verifications outlined in this
procedure determines the need / extent of warranty work to be performed on the concentrator.
1.0 Complete the top section of the form.

1.1 Record the Work Order Number or R/A Number.
1.2 Record the Inbound Hours and the Outbound Hours.
1.3 Record the Model of the concentrator ie: IRC5LX or IRC5LXO2.
1.4 Record the concentrator serial number.
1.5 Record the P.C. B. Fault Code if applicable.
1.6 Record the date of service.
1.7 Record the customer stated problem / reason for return.
2.0 Perform O2% Reading Verification Test #1.

2.1 Perform a visual inspection of the unit looking for damaged components. Place an X in
the appropriate box.
2.2 Check the Outlet HEPA Filter, replace if necessary. Place an X in the appropriate box.
2.3 Check the Compressor Inlet Filter, replace if necessary. Place an X in the appropriate
box.
2.4 Turn the concentrator ON and verify the Flowmeter accuracy ensuring the flow is steady
with no fluctuation. Place an X in the appropriate box.
2.5 Check the Outside Cabinet Filters, replace if necessary. Place an X in the appropriate
box.
2.6 Allow the concentrator to run at the maximum liter flow for a minimum of 20 minutes
then check the O2%. Record the O2% in the appropriate section for Test #1.

3.1 Verify the Patient Outlet Pressure is within specification. Adjust if necessary. Place an X
in the appropriate box.
3.2 Check for missing or loose clamps / tie-wraps, while verifying there are no leaks at any
of the hose connections. Replace clamps / tie-wraps and repair leaks if necessary. Place
an X in the appropriate box.
3.3 Check the 4-Way Valve and Manifold Assembly for leaks. NOTE: The 4-Way Valve has
an acceptable leak rate of 60cc/m @ 20 psi operating pressure. A leak of 60cc/m will
NOT affect the overall performance of the concentrator, therefore the valve SHOULD
NOT BE REPLACED. Repair any other leaks found if necessary. Place an X in the
appropriate box.
3.4 Check the Compressor Fittings and Heat Exchanger Hoses for leaks. Repair leaks if
necessary. Place an X in the appropriate box.
3.5 Check the Sieve Bed Hoses, Check Valves and Product Tank for leaks. Repair leaks if
necessary. Place an X in the appropriate box.
12
3.6 Ensure the Concentrator has been running at the maximum liter flow for a minimum of
20 minutes then check the O2%. Record the O2% in the appropriate section for Test #2.

4.1 Connect a 0-30 psi pressure gauge to the concentrator via the Homefill Port. Time how
long it takes for the pressure to go from the low point to the high point noting the time for
2 consecutive cycles. Record the cycle times in the appropriate sections. NOTE: If the
cycle times are greater than 20 seconds this indicates the compressor is in need of a Top
End Rebuild.
4.2 Indicate the Compressor Model Number on the Form.
4.3 If required perform the Compressor Top End Rebuild per instructions in the Service
Manual. Indicate if the compressor was rebuilt on the form. If the compressor was
replaced you MUST indicate the reason why the compressor was replaced versus being
rebuilt in the Technician Final Diagnosis and Course of Action section at the bottom of
the form.
4.4 Verify the Capacitor is within specification using a Capacatince Meter. Indicate if the
capacitor was good or replaced on the form.
NOTE: Oxygen Concentration readings of 85% or less after Test #3 would indicate poor
sieve bed performance with acceptable cycle times, thus indicating the need to replace the
sieve beds.

5.1 Perform the applicable Auto Tune Procedure for the concentrator as outlined in the
Service Manual.
5.2 Indicate the type of Auto Tune Procedure being performed on the form. (Manual for units
without SENSO2, O/F for IRC5LXO2 units and Push Button for Platinum with SENSO2
units)
5.3 Record the Auto Tune Start Time Hours and End Time Hours on the form.
5.4 For units with SENSO2 record on the form the Number of Flashes on Front Panel
Indicator Lights once the Auto Tune process has completed. If a manual Auto Tune
Adjustment was performed on a unit without SENSO2 record the pot setting number on
the form.
6.0 Complete the Technician Final Diagnosis and Course Of Action section.
6.1 Record a synopsis of the repair performed on the concentrator including reasons for any
adjustments or parts replacements.
6.2 Record the Final O2% Reading in the appropriate section.
7.0 Special Notes

7.1 Units with Oxygen Concentration Readings of 90% or higher after completion of test #1
require no warranty parts.
7.2 The Minimum Oxygen Concentration for all repairs is 90% or higher.
Units meeting this oxygen concentration specification are not eligible for warranty
reimbursement. Also units within specifications cannot have the following parts replaced
under warranty, 4-way valve, compressor, and sieve beds.
13
Work Order #
Invacare Test Verification Procedure
2733126
Inbound Hours Outbound Hours Model Serial Number
23,455 23,460 IRC5LX 01J713987
P.C.B. Fault Code # of Flashes Red = 2 # of Flashes Green = 3 Date July 18, 2007
Customer Stated Problem
Unit shut down and alarmed, fault code indicates a P.E. valve failure.
Verification Test #1
*O2% Reading Verification Test #1 Allow Warm-up & Test @ Max L/min 91%
General Inspection Acceptable Unacceptable Cleaned Replaced

Perform Visual Inspection for Damage Components X
Check Outlet HEPA Filter X
Check Compressor Inlet Filter X
Check Flowmeter Accuracy and for Fluctuation X
Check Outside Cabinet Filters X
O2% Reading Verification Test #2 Allow Warm-up & Test @ Max L/min 91%
Pressure and Leak Test Points Factory Spec Acceptable Unacceptable Repaired Replaced
**Verify Patient Outlet Pressure Specification 5 psi +/- .5 X
Check for Missing or Loose Clamps/Tie-Wraps X
4-Way Valve/Exhaust/Manifold Assembly X
Compressor Fittings and Heat Exchanger Hoses X
Sieve Bed Hoses/Check Valves/Product Tank X
Compressor Cycle Pressure Test Cycle Swing Times (sec) < 20 seconds OK Top End Rebuild
Model Number Capacitance Test > 20 Seconds Low Pressure Yes No
11 sec. 11 sec.
Thomas Gast Factory Spec +10% or -5% Perform Top End Rebuild *Replace Compressor
2650 N/A Good Replaced *State Reason for Replacing Compressor at the bottom of this form
NOTE: Oxygen Concentration readings of 85% or less after Test #3, would indicate poor sieve bed performance with acceptable cycle times.
Perform Auto-Tune Procedure Start Time End Time # of Flashes or POT Setting
Manual O/F Push Button 23,456 23,457 POT = 8
NOTE: Autotune recommended after replacing sieve beds, 4-way valve, and P.C.B. Refer to service manual for procedures.
Technician final diagnosis and course of action. For more detailed information refer to the Service Manual for troubleshooting
*Final O2% Reading
or call Technical Support toll free at 1-800-832-4707.
Replaced compressor inlet filter, cabinet filters, and replaced defective P.E. valve. Autotuned the unit manually and increased overall
oxygen concentration by 1.5%.
92.50%
*Units with oxygen concentration readings of 90% or higher after completing test #1 require no warranty parts.
** The Patient Outlet Pressure on Platinum 10L units was changed to 9 psi. +/- .5 psi. on units made After April 2006.
IMPORTANT: The Minimum Oxygen Output Concentration for all repairs is 90% or Higher at 5 L/min or 10 L/min.
IVC Test Verification Form Invacare Concentrators Revised: April 2007

Work Order #
Invacare Test Verification Procedure
Inbound Hours Outbound Hours Model Serial Number
P.C.B. Fault Code # of Flashes Red = # of Flashes Green = Date
Customer Stated Problem
*O2% Reading Verification Test #1 Allow Warm-up & Test @ Max L/min _______%
General Inspection Acceptable Unacceptable Cleaned Replaced

Perform Visual Inspection for Damage Components
Check Outlet HEPA Filter
Check Compressor Inlet Filter
Check Flowmeter Accuracy and for Fluctuation
Check Outside Cabinet Filters
O2% Reading Verification Test #2 Allow Warm-up & Test @ Max L/min _______%
Pressure and Leak Test Points Factory Spec Acceptable Unacceptable Repaired Replaced
**Verify Patient Outlet Pressure Specification 5 psi +/- .5
Check for Missing or Loose Clamps/Tie-Wraps
4-Way Valve/Exhaust/Manifold Assembly
Compressor Fittings and Heat Exchanger Hoses
Sieve Bed Hoses/Check Valves/Product Tank
Compressor Cycle Pressure Test Cycle Swing Times (sec) < 20 seconds OK Top End Rebuild
Model Number Capacitance Test > 20 Seconds Low Pressure Yes No
Thomas Gast Factory Spec +10% or -5% Perform Top End Rebuild *Replace Compressor
N/A Good Replaced *State Reason for Replacing Compressor at the bottom of this form
NOTE: Oxygen Concentration readings of 85% or less after Test #3, would indicate poor sieve bed performance with acceptable cycle times.
Perform Auto-Tune Procedure Start Time End Time # of Flashes or POT Setting
Manual O/F Push Button
NOTE: Autotune recommended after replacing sieve beds, 4-way valve, and P.C.B. Refer to service manual for procedures.
Technician final diagnosis and course of action. For more detailed information refer to the Service Manual for troubleshooting
*Final O2% Reading
or call Technical Support toll free at 1-800-832-4707.
*Units with oxygen concentration readings of 90% or higher after completing test #1 require no warranty parts.
** The Patient Outlet Pressure on Platinum 10L units was changed to 9 psi. +/- .5 psi. on units made After April 2006.
IMPORTANT: The Minimum Oxygen Output Concentration for all repairs is 90% or Higher at 5 L/min or 10 L/min.
IVC Test Verification Form Invacare Concentrators Revised: April 2007

Service Manual
Platinum™Series
Platinum 5
Platinum 10
Platinum XL - 5 Liter
Oxygen Concentrator
Model IRC5LX, IRC10LX (HomeFill® Compatible)

Model IRC5LXO2, IRC10LXO2 (With SensO2®and HomeFill Compatible)
DEALER: Keep this manual. The procedures in this manual

MUST be performed by a qualified technician.
For more information regarding

Invacare products, parts, and services,
please visit www.invacare.com
ACCESSORIES
WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHOUT FIRST READING AND
UNDERSTANDING THIS MANUAL. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO UNDERSTAND
THE WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND INSTRUCTIONS, CONTACT INVACARE
TECHNICAL SERVICES BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO USE THIS EQUIPMENT -
OTHERWISE SERIOUS INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE MAY RESULT.
ACCESSORIES
There are many different types of humidifiers, oxygen tubing, cannulas and masks that
can be used with this device. You should contact your local home care provider for
recommendations on which of these devices will be best for you. They should also give
you advice on the proper usage, maintenance, and cleaning.
WARNING
Invacare products are specifically designed and manufactured for use in conjunction
with Invacare accessories. Accessories designed by other manufacturers have not
been tested by Invacare and are not recommended for use with Invacare products.
Platinum™Series 2 Part No 1110538

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACCESSORIES ................................................................................... 2
SPECIAL NOTES ................................................................................ 7
FEATURES ........................................................................................ 8
TYPICAL PRODUCT PARAMETERS .................................................... 9
SECTION 1—IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS .......................................... 11
Important Safeguards ...............................................................................................................................11
Maintenance ...............................................................................................................................................12
Radio Frequency Interference ...............................................................................................................12
To Reduce the Risk of Burns, Electrocution, Fire or Injury to Persons......................................12
SECTION 2—INSTALLATION/SEQUENCE OF OPERATION .................. 13
Installation/Verification of Battery Free Power Loss Alarm ...........................................................13
Sequence of Operation ...........................................................................................................................13
SensO2 Oxygen Sensor Technology - Ceramic Zirconia Sensor .................................................14
Technical Description .........................................................................................................................14
Operating Sequence ............................................................................................................................14
SECTION 3—PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM ............................................... 16
SECTION 4—TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................... 17
SECTION 5—CABINET .................................................................... 25
Removing Cabinet ....................................................................................................................................25
SECTION 6—PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ...................................... 26
Cleaning the Cabinet Filter ....................................................................................................................26
Replacing the Outlet HEPA Filter.........................................................................................................27
Check the Outlet HEPA Filter..........................................................................................................27
Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter before 06\09\06 ........................................................................27
Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter after 06/09/06............................................................................28
Replacing the Compressor Inlet Filter.................................................................................................28
Replacing the Exhaust Canister/Exhaust Muffler (Platinum 5 Models Manufactured
before 7/24/03) .........................................................................................................................................29
Replacing the Throttling Muffler ...........................................................................................................31
Cleaning the Heat Exchanger.................................................................................................................31
Part No 1110538 3 Platinum™Series

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 7—COMPRESSOR .............................................................. 33
Replacing Compressor Assembly .........................................................................................................33
Replacing Capacitor .................................................................................................................................35
5-Liter Models (Platinum 5 and Platinum XL) ...............................................................................35
10-Liter Model (Platinum 10) ............................................................................................................36
Rebuilding the Thomas Model 2650 and 2660 Compressor - Platinum 5 and 10 Models......37
Removing Compressor and Compressor Heads .........................................................................38
Rebuilding the Compressor...............................................................................................................41
Platinum XL Model - Rebuilding the Gast Compressor..................................................................45
Removing the Head Cover and Valve Plate Assembly.....................................................................46
Removing Head Cover Gaskets, O-Ring Gaskets, Exhaust Valves and Limiter ........................46
Installing the New Intake Valves, Exhaust Valves With Limiters...................................................48
Removing the Existing Retainer Plate, Cups and Cylinders............................................................49
Installing the New Head Cover Gaskets and O-Ring Gaskets ......................................................52
Installing the Head Cover .......................................................................................................................53
SECTION 8—P.E. VALVE .................................................................. 54
Replacing P.E. Valve..................................................................................................................................54
SECTION 9—SIEVE BEDS ................................................................. 55
Replacing Sieve Beds ................................................................................................................................55
SECTION 10—CHECK VALVES ......................................................... 57
Replacing Check Valves...........................................................................................................................57
SECTION 11—REGULATOR .............................................................. 59
Replacing Regulator..................................................................................................................................59
Adjusting Regulator..................................................................................................................................61
SECTION 12—HEAT EXCHANGER ................................................... 62
Replacing Heat Exchanger ......................................................................................................................62
SECTION 13—CONTROL PANEL ...................................................... 63
Removing Control Panel.........................................................................................................................63
SECTION 14—COOLING FAN ........................................................... 65
Replacing Cooling Fan .............................................................................................................................65
SECTION 15—P.C. BOARD .............................................................. 67
Replacing P.C. Board................................................................................................................................67
SECTION 16—TRANSFORMER ......................................................... 69
Replacing Transformer Assembly .........................................................................................................69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 17—ON/OFF SWITCH ......................................................... 70
Replacing On/Off Switch.........................................................................................................................70
SECTION 18—FLOWMETER .............................................................. 71
Replacing Flowmeter ...............................................................................................................................71
SECTION 19—HOUR METER ............................................................ 73
Replacing Hour Meter .............................................................................................................................73
SECTION 20— 4-WAY VALVE .......................................................... 74
Replacing 4-Way Valve............................................................................................................................74
Replacing Manifold Assembly (Units Manufactured before 7/24/03)............................................75
Replacing Manifold Assembly (Units Manufactured after 7/24/03) ...............................................78
Replacing Pilot Valve Poppets and O-Rings........................................................................................81
SECTION 21—PURITY INDICATORS ................................................ 84
SensO2 Alarm Indicators ........................................................................................................................84
Operation ..............................................................................................................................................84
Indicator Lights .....................................................................................................................................84
Indicators - If your unit does not feature the O2 Sensor ...............................................................85
LX Models Indicator Light Explanation...........................................................................................85
SECTION 22—TIMING ..................................................................... 86
Timing the Platinum 5, XL, and 10 Concentrators...........................................................................86
Autotuning .............................................................................................................................................86
Manual Tuning.......................................................................................................................................88
SECTION 23—LEAK TEST ................................................................ 89
Leak Test ....................................................................................................................................................89
SECTION 24— ALARM TEST ............................................................ 91
Alarm and Sensor Tests..........................................................................................................................91
Power Loss Alarm ...............................................................................................................................91
Low Pressure Test...............................................................................................................................91
Time-Out Test......................................................................................................................................92
High Pressure Test ..............................................................................................................................92
Oxygen Sensor .....................................................................................................................................93
P.E. Valve Coil Test .............................................................................................................................94

SECTION 25— SIEVE BED PRESSURE CHECK ..................................... 96
Installing the Sieve Bed Pressure Tap-In Kit Installation and Checking Bed Pressure .............96
Disassembly ...........................................................................................................................................96
Installation..............................................................................................................................................97
Pressure Testing...................................................................................................................................97
After Testing .........................................................................................................................................98
LIMITED WARRANTY ..................................................................... 99

SPECIAL NOTES
SPECIAL NOTES
Signal words are used in this manual and apply to hazards or unsafe practices which
could result in personal injury or property damage. Refer to the table below for
definitions of the signal words.
SIGNAL WORD MEANING

Danger indicates an imminently hazardous situation which,
DANGER
if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
WARNING
not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
CAUTION not avoided, may result in property damage or minor injury
or both.
NOTICE
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
DANGER
Users MUST not smoke while using this device. Keep all matches, lighted cigarettes
or other sources of ignition out of the room in which this product is located. NO
SMOKING signs should be prominently displayed. Textiles and other materials that
normally would not burn are easily ignited and burn with great intensity in oxygen
enriched air. Failure to observe this warning can result in severe fire, property
damage, and cause physical injury or death.

FEATURES
FEATURES
FRONT VIEW
Oxygen Outlet
Flowmeter Oxygen Purity and Fault

Indicator Lights (SensO2
model)/Fault and Power
Indicator Lights
(LX model)
Power Switch
Circuit Breaker
Hour Meter
Cabinet Filter
(one of two
shown)
*NOTE: This outlet fitting is to be used only for filling oxygen cylinders with the
HomeFill II home oxygen compressor. The outlet fitting does not affect concentrator
performance. Refer to the HomeFill II ownerʹs manual, part number 1100873, for
connection and operating instructions. When not in use, the plug provided with the
concentrator should be inserted into the outlet fitting.
Outlet Fitting*
Power Cord
ACCESSORIES (NOT SHOWN):

Remote Humidifier/Flowmeter Accessory -
IRCRF5
PreciseRX™ Pediatric Humidifier/ Flowmeter
Accessory - IRCPF16
Homefill II home oxygen compressor - IOH200
TOP VIEW

TYPICAL PRODUCT PARAMETERS

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 120 VAC ± 10% (132 VAC/108 VAC), 60 Hz
RATED CURRENT INPUT: Platinum 5 and XL: 4.3 A
Platinum 10: 4.7 A
SOUND LEVEL: Platinum 5 and XL: 50 dB Average
Platinum 10: 58 dB Average
ALTITUDE: Platinum 5 and XL - Up to 6,000 ft. (1828 meters) above sea
level without degradation of concentration levels. From 6,000
ft. (1828 meters) to 13,129 ft. (4000 meters) below 90%
efficiency
Platinum 10 - Up to 4,000 ft. (1230 meters) above sea level
without degradation of concentration levels. From 4,000 ft.
(1230 meters) to 13,129 ft. (4000 meters) below 90% efficiency.
*OXYGEN OUTPUT All 5LXO2/5LX models 95.6% to 87% at 0.5 to 5 L/min. and all
CONCENTRATION LEVELS: 10LXO2/10LX models 95.6% to 87% at 2 L to 10 L/min.
* Stated concentration levels achieved after initial warm-up
period (approximately 30 minutes).
MAXIMUM OUTLET PRESSURE: Platinum 5 and XL: 5 ± 0.5 psi. (34.5 ± 3.45 kPa)
Platinum 10: 9 psi ± 0.5 psi. (62.0 kPa ± 3.45 kPa)
FLOW RANGE: Platinum 5 and XL - 0.5 to 5 L/min. For flowrates less than 1
L/min., we recommend the use of the Invacare Pediatric
Flowmeter IRCPF16 Accessory.
Platinum 10 - 2 L/min. to 10 L/min.
LOW FLOW ALARM: Platinum 5 - 0 L/min. to 0.5 L/min.
Platinum 10 - 0 L/min. to 1 L/min.
Rapid Audible Alarm Beeping (No Accessories Connected).
AVERAGE POWER CONSUMPTION: Platinum 5 and XL: 400W
Platinum 10: 585W
PRESSURE RELIEF MECHANISM 35 psi ± 3.5 psi (241 kPa ± 24.1 kPa).
OPERATIONAL AT:
CHANGE IN MAXIMUM 0.7 L/min.
RECOMMENDED FLOW WHEN BACK
PRESSURE OF 7K PA IS APPLIED:
FILTERS: Cabinet (2), Outlet HEPA and Compressor Inlet.
SAFETY SYSTEM: Current overload or line surge shutdown. High temperature
compressor shutdown. High Pressure Alarm w/compressor
shutdown. Low Pressure Alarm w/compressor shutdown.
Battery Free Power Loss Alarm. SensO2 Oxygen System
(SensO2 Model) Low Flow Alarm.
WIDTH: 18 3/8 in. ± 3/8 in. (46.7 cm ± 1 cm).

HEIGHT: 26 3/8 in. ± 3/8 in. (67.0 cm ± 1 cm).
DEPTH: 14 3/8 in. ± 3/8 in. (36.5 cm ± 1 cm).

WEIGHT: Platinum 5 and XL: 52 lbs ± 2 lbs (23.6 kg ± 1 kg).

Platinum 10: 53 lbs ± 2 lbs (24.0 kg ± 1 kg).
SHIPPING WEIGHT: Platinum 5 and XL: 58 lbs ± 2 lbs (26.3 kg ± 1 kg).
Platinum 10: 60 lbs ± 2 lbs (27.2 kg ± 1 kg).
OPERATING AMBIENT 50°F - 95°F (10°C - 35°C) at 20-60% relative humidity.
TEMPERATURE:
EXHAUST: Platinum 5 and XL: Less than Ambient + 35°F (+19°C).
Platinum 10: Less than Ambient + 45°F (+25°C).
OXYGEN OUTPUT: Platinum 5 and XL: Less than Ambient + 4°F (+2°C).
Platinum 10: Less than Ambient + 8°F (+4.4°C).
CABINET: Impact Resistant flame-retardant plastic cabinet that conforms
to UL 94-V0.
REGULATORY LISTING: Double Insulated Product ETL certified complying with UL 1097
ETL certified to CSA C22.2 No. 68.
ELECTRICAL: No extension cords.
PLACEMENT: No closer than three inches from any wall, furniture, draperies,
or similar surfaces.
TUBING: Platinum 5 and XL: 7 ft cannula with a maximum 50 ft of
Crush-Proof Tubing (DO NOT pinch).
Platinum 10: Recommended use up to 50 ft high flow tubing
with high flow cannula at all flow rates.
RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 20 to 60%.
TIME OF OPERATION: Up to 24 hours per day.
RECOMMENDED STORAGE AND -20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 65°C), at 15-95% relative humidity.
SHIPPING TEMPERATURE:
LABEL STATUS SENSO2 MODELS INDICATOR LIGHTS (LED)

SYMBOL
SYSTEM OKAY GREEN Indicator Light
O2 O2 over 85% (± 2%)
O2 Between 73% (± 3%) to 85% YELLOW Indicator light

(±2%) A. YELLOW Solid
B. YELLOW Flashing Sensor Failure
Call a qualified technician.
SYSTEM FAILURE RED Indicator light

O2 Below 73% (±3%) Continuous Audible Alarm Sieve-GARD™Compressor Shutdown
Call a qualified technician
LABEL STATUS LX MODEL INDICATOR LIGHTS (LED)

SYMBOL
I/O
Continuous Audible Alarm Sieve-GARD™ Compressor Shutdown

SECTION 1—IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
SECTION 1—IMPORTANT
SAFEGUARDS
WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS contains important information for the safe
operation and use of this product. DO NOT use this product or any available
optional equipment without first completely reading and understanding these
instructions and any additional instructional material such as Owner’s Manuals,
Service Manuals or Instruction Sheets supplied with this product or optional
equipment. If you are unable to understand the Warnings, Cautions or Instructions,
contact a healthcare professional, dealer or technical personnel before attempting
to use this equipment - otherwise, injury or damage may occur.
Important Safeguards
The use of oxygen therapy requires that special care be taken to reduce the risk of fire. Any
materials that will burn in air, and some that will not, are easily ignited and burn rapidly
in high concentrations of oxygen. For safety concerns, keep all sources of ignition out of
the room in which this product is located and away from areas where oxygen is being
delivered. Textiles, oil and other combustibles are easily ignited and will burn with great
intensity in oxygen‐enriched air. NO SMOKING signs should be prominently displayed.
A spontaneous and violent ignition may occur if oil, grease or greasy substances come in
contact with oxygen under pressure. These substances MUST be kept away from the
oxygen concentrator, tubing and connections, and all other oxygen equipment. DO NOT
use any lubricants unless recommended by Invacare.
For optimum performance, Invacare recommends that each concentrator be on and
running for a minimum of 30 minutes at a time. Shorter periods of operation may be
harmful for maximum product life.
Keep the oxygen tubing, cord, and unit away from heated or hot surfaces, including space
heaters, electric blankets, stoves and similar electrical appliances.
DO NOT move or relocate concentrator by pulling on the power cord.
NEVER drop or insert any object into any opening.
NEVER block the air openings of the product or place it on a soft surface, such as a bed
or couch, where the air opening may be blocked. Keep the openings free from lint, hair
and the like.
Fill humidifier with water to the level shown by the manufacturer. DO NOT overfill.
Invacare recommends that Crush‐Proof oxygen tubing be used with this product and
NOT exceed 50 ft. (15.2m) in length. Recommended use for Platinum 10 is up to 50 ft. in
length of high flow tubing.

Maintenance
The Platinum Oxygen Concentrator was specifically designed to minimize routine
preventive maintenance. Only professionals of the healthcare field or persons fully
conversant with this process, such as authorized or factory trained personnel, should
perform preventive maintenance or performance adjustments on the oxygen
concentrator.
Radio Frequency Interference

Most electronic equipment is influenced by Radio Frequency Interference (RFI).
CAUTION should be exercised with regard to the use of portable communications
equipment in the area around such equipment.
To Reduce the Risk of Burns, Electrocution, Fire or

Injury to Persons
DO NOT come in contact with the concentrator while you are wet.
DO NOT place or store product where it can drop into water or other liquids.
DO NOT reach for product that has fallen into water. Unplug IMMEDIATELY.
No adjustments should be made to the flowrate unless prescribed by a physician
therapist.
The product should NEVER be left unattended when it is plugged in.
Close supervision is necessary when this product is used by, on or near children or
physically challenged individuals.
The Platinum concentrator is intended to be used only as an oxygen supplement as
described in the Ownerʹs Manual.
Invacare products are specifically designed and manufactured for use in conjunction with
Invacare accessories. Accessories designed by other manufacturers have not been tested
by Invacare and are not recommended for use with Invacare products.
DO NOT connect the concentrator in parallel or series with other oxygen concentrators or
oxygen therapy devices.
Use of some administration accessories or certain humidifiers not specified for use with
oxygen concentrator may impact the performance.
Avoid creation of any spark near medical oxygen equipment. This includes sparks from
static electricity created by any type of friction.

SECTION 2—INSTALLATION/SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
SECTION 2—INSTALLATION/
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
Installation/Verification of Battery Free Power Loss

Alarm
When your new Platinum concentrator arrives, it should be checked for proper operating
conditions.
1. If the unit has been in below‐freezing temperatures, allow it to warm up to room
temperature before operating.
2. The concentrator may need to be turned on for four to five seconds to charge the
Battery Free Power Loss Alarm. Connect power cord to outlet and turn the
concentrator on. Turn flow control knob counterclockwise and flow will begin
IMMEDIATELY. Set flow rate to five L/min. Let the unit run for 30 minutes, then turn
unit off.
3. Unplug the power cord and press on/off ( I/O) switch to the On (I/) position. An
intermittent audible alarm will sound. This confirms proper operation of the Battery
Free Power Loss Alarm. Turn On/Off switch Off (/O).
4. Connect power cord to outlet and turn on concentrator. Unit will beep on start‐up.
5. Check the oxygen concentration per specifications after 30‐40 minutes running time.
Sequence of Operation
Turning on (I) the power switch applies 120 VAC to the compressor motor, hour meter,
transformer, cooling fan and the printed circuit (P.C.) board.
Room air enters the compressor via the cabinet filter and the compressor inlet filter. The
air is compressed by the wobble pistons in the compressor to a pressure of 21 p.s.i. (144.79
kPa) for Platinum 5, XL and 25 p.s.i. (172.36 kPa) for Platinum 10.
As increased pressure creates increased temperature, a heat exchanger is used to lower
the temperature before the air enters the 4‐way valve. It is then channeled to a sieve bed
containing the adsorption material. Restriction downstream of the sieve bed causes
pressure to build up inside the sieve bed which is necessary for the adsorption process. A
small amount of relatively pure oxygen enters the top of the second bed through a
restrictive leak in the pressure equalization (P.E.) valve with the balance entering a
storage tank. The nitrogen removed is exhausted back from the bed through the 4‐way
valve into room air. A muffler is located at the exhaust end of the valve to muffle the
sound of the exhaust as it exits the concentrator.
The oxygen not being used to exhaust is channeled into the storage tank. The pressurized
oxygen is regulated down to five p.s.i. (34.4 kPa), enters an accurate flow‐measuring
device, flows through Outlet HEPA filter and check valve, then out to the patient.
The electrical activation of the 4‐way Valve is accomplished every 8 to 15 seconds by the
pressure sensor and P.C. Board electronics when the pressure reaches a set point of 21
p.s.i. (144.79 kPa) for Platinum 5 and XL; 25 p.s.i. (172.36) for Platinum 10. The time
between cycles is dependent on altitude, flow rate and internal environmental factors.
A P.E. valve opens just prior to the shift of the 4‐way valve. This allows highly
concentrated oxygen to enter the just exhausted bed from the top. This additional
pressure allows the bed to start its cycle at a higher pressure. The P.E. valve will close just
after the shift of the 4‐way valve.
If main power is lost, the Battery Free Power Loss Alarm will sound a short ʺBEEPʺ, with
a long pause after. All units are equipped with a diagnostic alarm system that signals if
the pneumatic pressure or electrical systems malfunction. The Troubleshooting Guide in
this manual explains the alarm system signals and reasons, in detail, for your
convenience.
SensO2 Oxygen Sensor Technology - Ceramic Zirconia

Sensor
Technical Description
The oxygen being produced by the concentrator flows out of the product tank and into
the flowmeter. A small flow of oxygen produced by the unit is sent through a precision
orifice to the oxygen sensor mounted on the printed circuit board.
As the oxygen enters the sensor, it passes through a screen and contacts the sensing disk.
Electric current flowing through a metal film resistor heats the disk in excess of 300° C.
Oxygen molecules contact the electrode of the disk and pick‐up extra electrons to become
oxygen ions. These oxygen ions are attracted to the electrode on the bottom of the zirconia
sensing disk. Because of the crystal structure of the zirconia, only oxygen ions can pass
through. When the oxygen ions reach the bottom electrode, the extra electrons are
released from the oxygen ions and oxygen molecules return to the air. The number of
electrons is directly related to the oxygen concentration. The electrons travel to the P.C.
board where they are counted and the oxygen concentration reading is calculated.
A microprocessor on the P.C. board contains software that interprets the signal being
received from the sensor. It compares the signal to clinically acceptable limits. Signals
outside of the clinically acceptable limits generate responses in the form of lights, audible
indicators, and/or system shut‐down.
Operating Sequence
Once the power switch has been turned on (I/), the SensO2 circuit will wait five minutes
for the concentrator to begin producing clinically acceptable oxygen and the oxygen
sensor to stabilize. The GREEN light will illuminate (indicating normal system operation)
while the oxygen sensor is warming up.

After five minutes, if the oxygen purity exceeds 85% ± 2%, the GREEN light will continue
to illuminate.
If the oxygen level is not above 85% ± 2% after the first five minutes, the system will
continue to monitor the O2 and wait for a maximum of 30 minutes from start‐up to reach
85% ± 2% before activating an alarm. Environmental factors such as low voltage, high
altitude, or age of the machine will affect the time required to reach 85% ± 2%.
If the oxygen level is not above 85% ± 2% within the first 30 minutes, the oxygen
concentration alarm sequence will activate and the unit will shut down.
When oxygen concentration is above 85% ± 2%, the sensor measures oxygen purity every
10 minutes. If a reading falls below 85% ± 2%, a YELLOW light will illuminate. If the
oxygen purity falls below 73% ± 3% the RED light/Alarm/Shut‐Down mode will activate.

SECTION 3—PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
SECTION 3—PNEUMATIC
DIAGRAM
Plantinum Oxygen Concentrator
Ouput Output
HEPA Filter Check
Flowmeter Valve
Patient
Output
Pressure Oxygen Sensor

Regulator (SensO2 models Only)
Pressure Sensor
P.S.I. O2
Product P.C. Board

Tank
Check
Valves
Air Inlet
Cabinet
Filter(s)
Compressor
Inlet Filter
Sieve Sieve
Bed P.E. Valve Bed
4-way
Compressor Valve
Solenoid
Pilot
Relief
Valve
Heat Exhaust
Muffler
LEGEND Pneumatic Connections Electrical Connections

SECTION 4—TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION
NORMAL OPERATION: No Problems System Okay.
Internal Status Indicators:
RED: Off
GREEN: Off
Unit plugged in, power
switch on. Single beep on
start up.
POWER LOSS: No Problems. Battery Free Circuit drained. Plug in cord
Internal Status Indicators: and turn power switch ON (I) to recharge.
RED: Off
GREEN: Off
Unit unplugged, power
switch on, alarm off.
POWER LOSS: No power at outlet. Check electrical outlet with a table lamp or
Internal Status Indicators: voltmeter set on 50-200 VAC scale. If
RED: Off outlet isn't working, check protective
GREEN: Off device in home's electrical panel or consult
Unit plugged in, power an electrician. Also ensure that unit is
switch, alarm off, battery properly plugged in. DO NOT use
Free circuit drained. extension cords. Move to another outlet
or circuit.
Power cord:
a. Frayed. a. Reattach cord.
b. Broken or damaged spade. b. Replace power cord connectors on
c. Spade connector from power cord plug.
loose or disconnected (inside back c. Reattach connector.
of unit).


POWER LOSS: On/Off ( I/O) switch. Check all electrical connections to the
(Continued) a. Disconnected wire. ON/OFF ( I/O) switch for any
Internal Status Indicators: disconnected wires.
RED: Off b. Faulty switch. If the concentrator does not come on at all
GREEN: Off and wiring is intact, color code and remove
Unit plugged in, power wires one at a time. Remove and replace
switch, alarm off. Battery with new one. Transfer wires from old
Free circuit drained switch to new switch one at a time to the
matching contact.
Circuit breaker tripped. Reset breaker.
NOTE: Breaker may trip to safeguard
concentrator during a power surge.
If breaker trips IMMEDIATELY, there is a
probable short in the unit. Check for
pinched or charred wires. If the breaker
does not trip, run unit for approximately
two hours. The circuit breaker should be
less than 10 ohms. If breaker trips again,
there is an internal problem. Contact
INVACARE TECHNICAL SERVICE at 1-
800-832-4707.
P.C. board.
a. P.C. board damaged. a. Replace P.C. Board. Refer to
Replacing P.C. Board on page 67.
b. Loose or damaged connector. b. Repair or replace connector.
INTERNAL POWER Transformer assembly.
LOSS SENSO2: a. Faulty. a. Replace. Refer to Replacing
Internal Status Indicators: Transformer Assembly on page 69.
RED: Off b. Connector loose or disconnected. b. Reattach connector.
GREEN: Off c. Faulty wiring. c. Replace transformer assembly. Refer
Alarm may or may not be to Replacing Transformer Assembly
on. on page 69.
Control Panel Indicators: P.C. board faulty. Replace P.C. board. Unit requires retiming
RED: Off after P.C. board replacement. Refer to
YELLOW: Off Replacing P.C. Board on page 67.
GREEN: Off
Fan operates,
Compressor not
operating.


HIGH PRESSURE: P.C. board:
Internal Status Indicators: a. Malfunction a. Set flow to max L/min. for
concentrator. Check voltage across
RED: One Flash Pilot Valve 1 on 200 volt scale. If
GREEN: Two Flashes meter reads 0 volts when unit is
turned on, replace P.C. board
b. Disconnected wire. b. Check spade connectors on pilot
valves 1 or 2 and connectors on P.C.
switch on, continuous board.
alarm. Compressor shut c. Replace P.C. board. Unit requires
down. c. Shifting valve at pressures greater retiming after P.C. board
than 25 p.s.i. for Platinum 5 and XL; replacement. Refer to Replacing P.C.
29 PSI for Platinum 10.
Board on page 67.
4-way Valve:
a. Not shifting. a. Check voltage. If voltage rises to
approximately 24 volts D.C. when
unit shuts down, P.C. board is
functioning properly. Replace the
valve if shorted or open. Refer to
Replacing 4-Way Valve on page 74.
b. Bad coil.
b. Replace 4-way valve. Refer to
Replacing 4-Way Valve on page 74.
c. Coil should read 80 ohm ± 10.
c. Coil resistance.


LOW PRESSURE: Compressor inlet filter dirty or plugged. Replace compressor inlet filter. Refer to
Internal Status Indicators: Replacing the Compressor Inlet Filter on
RED: One Flash page 28.
GREEN: One Flash Compressor: a. Replace or repair.
Or a. Leaks at fittings or tubing b. Repair leak or replace.
RED: One Flash b. Leaking or defective relief valve. c. DO NOT use extension cords. Use
GREEN: Three Flashes c. Insufficient voltage at outlet. another outlet.
d. Worn cup seals or gaskets. d. Rebuild top end of compressor. Refer
Control Panel Indicators: to Rebuilding the Thomas Model
RED: On 2650 and 2660 Compressor -
Platinum 5 and 10 Models on page 37
YELLOW: Off
or Platinum XL Model - Rebuilding
GREEN: Off the Gast Compressor on page 45.
Heat exchanger: a. Replace or retighten.
a. Leak at tubing or body chamber. b. Replace or retighten tubing. Replace
switch on, continuous heat exchanger. Refer to Replacing
b. Inspect tubing and heat exchanger.
audible alarm. Heat Exchanger on page 62.
Compressor shut down
Regulator cracked or leaking. Replace regulator. Refer to Replacing
(Failure to cycle due to
Regulator on page 59.
low pressure).
P.E. valve leaking. Replace P.E. Valve. Check voltage at P.E.
valve connector on 24 volt D.C. scale. The
P.E. Valve activates or energizes
approximately one second prior to the
activation of the 4 way valve with
approximately 24 volts. If voltage is in
excess of 24 volts consistently, replace the
P.C. board. Refer to Replacing P.C. Board
on page 67. If the P.C. board voltage acts
normally, replace the P.E. valve. Refer to
Replacing P.E. Valve on page 54.
NOTE: Check for leaks starting at the
compressor output through all the
pneumatic connections. Major leaks will
cause system pressures to remain below
adequate shift (exhaust) pressures and will
cause compressor shutdown.
Defective Parts: Defective main valve coil. a. Replace main valve.
Internal Status Indicators: b. Replace main valve coil.
RED: One Flash GREEN: Connector loose. Reattach connector.
Five Flashes Defective P.E. valve coil. (Resistance 80 Replace P.E. coil if shorted or open on
Or ohm’s ± 10.) resistance check. Refer to Replacing P.E.
RED: Two Flashes Valve on page 54.
GREEN: Three Flashes
Defective P.E. valve. Replace P.E. valve. Refer to Replacing P.E.
CONTROL PANEL
Valve on page 54.
INDICATORS:
RED: On Connector loose. Reattach connector.
YELLOW: Off Defective P.C. board. Replace P.C. board. Refer to Replacing P.C.
GREEN: Off Board on page 67.
switch on, continuous
audible alarm.
Compressor shut down.


Unit not operating: P.C. board Failure. Replace P.C. board.Refer to Replacing P.C.
Alarm: On or Off Board on page 67.
RED: Two Flashes
GREEN: Four Flashes Or
RED: Two Flashes
GREEN: Five Flashes
LOW Cabinet filters dirty. Clean or replace. Refer to Cleaning the
CONCENTRATION: Cabinet Filter on page 26, Replacing the
NOTE: Check for O2 Outlet HEPA Filter on page 27, and
purity using a calibrated Replacing the Compressor Inlet Filter on
Oxygen Analyzer at Test page 28.
Point 1 (OXYGEN Compressor inlet filter dirty. Replace inlet filter. Refer to Replacing the
OUTLET) of the Compressor Inlet Filter on page 28.
concentrator. Compressor:
a. Defective. a. Replace compressor. Refer to
Internal Status Indicators: Replacing Compressor Assembly on
RED: Two Flashes page 33.
GREEN: One Flash73% b. Faulty capacitor. b. Replace capacitor. Refer to Replacing
Shutdown Control Panel Capacitor on page 35.
Indicators: SensO2 c. Bad motor windings. c. Replace compressor.
ONLY: d. Worn seals. d. Rebuild top end of compressor. Refer
RED: On to Rebuilding the Thomas Model
YELLOW: Off 2650 and 2660 Compressor -
GREEN: Off Platinum 5 and 10 Models on page 37
or Platinum XL Model - Rebuilding
For SensO2 units, the the Gast Compressor on page 45.
RED indicator will signal e. Bad bearings. e. Replace compressor.
extremely low purity and f. Leak at fittings or tubing. f. Replace fittings or tubing.
will be accompanied by a g. Leaky or defective relief valve. g. Replace relief valve.
continuous audible alarm h. Insufficient voltage (outlet). h. DO NOT use extension cords.
and a system shutdown. Heat exchanger:
Repairs are required. a. Leak at tubing or body chamber. a. Replace or retighten.
b. Inspect tubing and heat exchanger. b. Replace or retighten tubing. Replace
heat exchanger. Refer to Replacing
Heat Exchanger on page 62.
Regulator cracked or leaking. Replace. Refer to Replacing Regulator on
page 59.
Exhaust muffler dirty or plugged. Replace. Refer to Replacing the Exhaust
Canister/Exhaust Muffler (Platinum 5
Models Manufactured before 7/24/03) on
page 29.
Fan:
a. Not operating. Unit overheating. a. Leads to fan disconnected.
Reconnect.
b. Faulty fan. b. Replace.Refer to Replacing Cooling
Fan on page 65.
Sieve beds defective. Replace. Refer to Installing the Sieve Bed
Pressure Tap-In Kit Installation and
Checking Bed Pressure on page 96.
Tubing kinked or blocked. Repair or replace.


LOW P.C. board: Check pressure at product tank. Pressure
CONCENTRATION a. Shifts at wrong pressures. should rise to 21 p.s.i. (25 p.s.i. for
(Continued) Platinum 10) at shift point. If not, replace
P.C. Board. Refer to Replacing P.C. Board
on page 67.
Flowmeter:
a. Flowmeter opened beyond a. Return flow to maximum setting.
maximum flow rate.
b. Cracked or broken fitting. b. Replace fitting.
c. Input tubing leaking or loose. c. Repair or replace. Refer to Replacing
Flowmeter on page 71.
Timing. To accommodate for varying tolerances
when replacing components, an adjustable
timer is used to control the shifting of the
Pressure Equalization (P.E.) valve. Refer to
Timing the Platinum 5, XL, and 10
Concentrators on page 86.
P.E. valve:
a. Bad coil. a. Replace P.E. valve.
b. Restrictor blockage. b. Replace P.E. valve. Refer to Replacing
P.E. Valve on page 54.
Inspect P.C. board restrictor tubing for Replace P.C. board. Unit may need
kinks or tears. retiming after board replacement. Refer to
FLUCTUATING FLOW: Regulator/Flowmeter:
a. Incorrectly set regulator. a. Check pressure at oxygen outlet.
b. Flowmeter malfunction. Adjust regulator.
b. If flow is still unstable, check for leaks
starting at the compressor outlet
fitting through all pneumatic
connections. If no leaks are found and
flow is still fluctuating, replace the
regulator. If pressure at test point is
within spec (5 p.s.i. ± 0.2 max. [34.4
kPa ± 6.89]), replace flowmeter.
Refer to Replacing Flowmeter on
page 71.
Outlet HEPA filter:
a. Dirty or plugged a. If low flow conditions persist, replace
outlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing
the Outlet HEPA Filter on page 27.


UNIT EXCESSIVELY Pneumatic exhaust:
LOUD: a. Muffler cracked, damaged or missing. a. Replace. Refer to Replacing the
b. Muffler tubing disconnected or Exhaust Canister/Exhaust Muffler
damaged. (Platinum 5 Models Manufactured
before 7/24/03) on page 29.
b. Reconnect or replace tubing.
Compressor inlet filter missing and/or a. Replace compressor inlet filter. Refer
orange sticker removed. to Replacing the Compressor Inlet
Filter on page 28.
Compressor removed. a. Replace Compressor. Refer to
Replacing Compressor Assembly on
page 33.
Incorrect style of inlet filter (aftermarket). a. Replace with factory OEM sound
reduced style inlet HEPA filter.
UNIT OVERHEATS: Base exhaust vent plugged or restricted. Place unit at least 3-inches from any wall.
DO NOT place unit on pile or shag car-
peting that may restrict air flow.
Cabinet filters dirty or blocked. Clean or replace. Refer to Cleaning the
Cabinet Filter on page 26.
Fan:
a. Leads to fan disconnected. a. Reconnect leads.
b. Defective fan. b. Replace fan. Refer to Rebuilding the
Thomas Model 2650 and 2660
Compressor - Platinum 5 and 10
Models on page 37 or Platinum XL
Model - Rebuilding the Gast
Compressor on page 45.
c. Fan installed upside down. c. Install fan with air flow arrow pointing
down.
Heat exchanger:
a. Dirty or plugged. a. Clean heat exchanger.
b. Damaged. b. Replace heat exchanger. Refer to
Replacing Heat Exchanger on
page 62.
Compressor:
page 33.
b. Faulty capacitor. b. Replace capacitor. Refer to Replacing
Capacitor on page 35.
c. Bad motor windings. c. Replace compressor.
d. Worn seals. d. Replace compressor.
e. Bad bearings. e. Replace compressor.
Line voltage excessive (surge). Have line voltage inspected by certified
electrician. A voltage regulator may be
required and is obtainable from your local
electric company.


OXYGEN PURITY: P.C. board defective. Replace P.C. board. Refer to Replacing P.C.
Good Board on page 67. Unit may need retiming
Internal Status Indicators: after P.C. board replacement. Refer to
Control Panel Indicators: Timing the Platinum 5, XL, and 10
RED: Off Concentrators on page 86.
YELLOW: On
GREEN: On
After 30 minutes of
run time, unit operates
normally, oxygen purity
within normal range.
GREEN or YELLOW
panel indicator should
illuminate.
UNIT NOT Transformer assembly:
OPERATING, a. Assembly connector disconnected. a. Reattach connector.
INTERNAL STATUS b. Faulty transformer assembly. b. Replace transformer assembly. Refer
INDICATORS: to Replacing Transformer Assembly
RED: Off on page 69.
GREEN: Off
Control Panel Indicators:
RED: Off
YELLOW: Off
GREEN: Off
Power Switch ON.
Continuous audible
alarm.
UNIT OPERATING, Internal repairs required. Replace SensO2 circuit board. Refer to
INTERNAL STATUS Replacing P.C. Board on page 67.
INDICATORS:
RED: Three (3) Flashes
GREEN: One (1) Flash
CONTROL PANEL
INDICATORS:
RED: Off
YELLOW: Flashing
GREEN: On
Low-Flow Alarm does System leak. Repair leak in product tank, regulator,
not activate on flows less tubing, fittings, or flow meter.
than 0.5 L/min. Defective check valves. Replace check valves. Refer to Replacing
NOTE: This feature was Check Valves on page 57.
added on units
manufactured after
November 2002. These
units can be identified by
a single beep on start up.
NOTE: On models manufactured after 12/02, the error code displayed on the internal status
indicators is maintained in memory to aid in repairs. The error code MUST be cleared from the
unitʹs memory after fixing the fault. The error code memory will be cleared after turning power on
and off five times after the fault was detected.

SECTION 5—CABINET
SECTION 5—CABINET
Removing Cabinet
DANGER
To prevent electrical shock, ALWAYS disconnect concentrator from electrical out-
let before servicing.
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 5.1.
1. Unplug unit.
2. Remove the four mounting screws that secure cabinet assembly to the base assembly.
3. Lift the cabinet straight up.
NOTE: When required, vacuum inside of the cabinet and exposed foam insulation.
4. To re‐install cabinet, reverse STEPS 2‐3.
L
Cabinet Assembly
Mounting
Screws
Mounting
Screws
Base Assembly
FIGURE 5.1 Removing Cabinet

SECTION 6—PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
SECTION 6—PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE
DANGER
To prevent electrical shock, ALWAYS disconnect concentrator from electrical
outlet before servicing.
NOTE: The Platinum Concentrators are specifically designed to minimize routine preventive
maintenance at intervals of once per year. In places with high dust or soot levels, maintenance may
need to be performed more often. The following MUST be performed at a minimum of one year in
service to assure years of additional reliability. Refer to Troubleshooting on page 17 for plugged
filter symptoms. Only qualified technicians should perform preventive maintenance on the
concentrator. Power should be disconnected before beginning preventive maintenance on the
Invacare concentrator.
Cleaning the Cabinet Filter

NOTE: Perform this procedure as needed depending upon the environment the concentrator is
used in.
NOTE: There are two cabinet filters, one located on each side of the cabinet.
1. Remove each filter and clean at least once a week depending on environmental
conditions.
NOTE: Environmental conditions that may
require more frequent cleaning of the filters
include but are not limited to: high dust, air Cabinet Filter
pollutants, etc. (located on both
sides of
2. Clean the cabinet filters with a vacuum concentrator)
cleaner or wash in warm soapy water
and rinse thoroughly.
3. Dry the filters thoroughly before Cabinet Filter
reinstallation.
CAUTION
DO NOT operate the concentrator
without the filters installed.
FIGURE 6.1 Cleaning the Cabinet Filter

Replacing the Outlet HEPA Filter

Check the Outlet HEPA Filter
NOTE: The outlet HEPA filter can be checked by performing the following procedure.
1. Turn the concentrator on and adjust the flowmeter to the maximum flow of the unit.
2. Observe the flowmeterʹs flow indicator while connecting a fifty foot cannula tube to
the outlet barb of the concentrator (not shown).
3. If the flow indicator fluctuates, the outlet HEPA filter may need replacement. Refer to
Troubleshooting on page 17.
Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter before 06\09\06
NOTE: Perform this procedure as needed depending on the outlet HEPA filter check results.
1. Unplug the unit.
2. Locate the filter access and humidifier adapter storage plate located on the side of the
concentrator.
3. Insert a flathead screwdriver in the plate groove on the top edge of the plate and
gently pry the humidifier adapter storage plate open (Detail “A”).
4. Remove plate and set aside.
5. Grasp the existing outlet HEPA filter and disconnect from the short silicone tube
(Detail “B”).
6. Disconnect existing outlet HEPA filter from the long silicone tube (Detail “B”).
7. Discard existing outlet HEPA filter.
8. Attach new outlet HEPA filter to short and long silicone tubes.
9. Reinstall filter access and humidifier adapter storage plate.
DETAIL “A”
Plate Groove
Filter Access and Humidifier
Adapter Storage Plate
Long Silicone Tube

Compressor Outlet
Long Silicone
Inlet Filter HEPA
Tube
Filter
Humidifier Bottle
Adapter
(storage location)
Short Silicone Tube Short

(not shown) Outlet HEPA
Filter Silicone
DETAIL “B” Tube
FIGURE 6.2 Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter before 06\09\06
Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter after 06/09/06

1. Unplug the unit.
2. Remove the cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 25.
3. Remove the tubing from both sides of the existing HEPA filter and discard old filter.
4. Connect tubing to both sides of the new HEPA filter as shown below.
5. Install cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 25.
Control Panel
Tubing
Tubing
HEPA Filter
FIGURE 6.3 Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter after 06/09/06
Replacing the Compressor Inlet Filter

NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 6.2 on page 27 and FIGURE 6.4.
used in.
1. Unplug the unit.
2. Locate the filter access and humidifier adapter storage plate located on the side of the
concentrator.
3. Insert a flathead screwdriver in the plate groove on the top edge of the plate and
gently pry the humidifier adapter storage plate open to remove the plate. Refer to
Detail “A” in FIGURE 6.2.
4. Grasp the compressor inlet filter and pull downward.
5. Discard the existing compressor inlet filter.
6. Check the label seal on the filter to ensure it is correct for the concentrator model.
NOTE: Filter p/n 1131249 is fully forward and backward compatible with all models. This filter
replaces 1108078 on Platinum 5 and XL models.
7. Do one of the following:
• For Platinum 5 and XL: Leave the entire label on p/n 1108078 (Detail “A” of
FIGURE 6.4).
• For Platinum 10: Remove the lower half of the label on p/n 1131249 (Detail “B” of
FIGURE 6.4).
8. Install new compressor inlet filter by inserting the filter opening into the rubber base
(Detail “C” of FIGURE 6.4).
9. Push the filter down until the rubber base touches the edge of the filter.
10. Reinstall the filter access and humidifier adapter storage plate.
DETAIL “A” - DETAIL “B” - DETAIL “C” -
FILTER 1108078 - FILTER 1131249 - INSTALLING
PLATINUM 5 & XL PLATINUM 10 COMPRESSOR FILTER
Compressor Label Compressor Label
Inlet Filter Seal Inlet Filter Seal
Compressor
Inlet Filter
REMOVE THIS SEAL ONLY ON REMOVE TOP SEAL ONLY
RE
CONCENTRATOR MODELS
HE
ON NON-PLATINUM MODELS
>>>>WITHOUT<<<<
EL
PN 1131249
PE
A FILTER
ACCESS DOOR REMOVE
FOR PLATINUM
RE
PN 1108078
HE
PEEL
HERE
10 MODEL
EL
PE
NOTE: The HEPA filter shown here is
for units manufactured before 6/9/06.
FIGURE 6.4 Replacing the Compressor Inlet Filter
Replacing the Exhaust Canister/Exhaust Muffler

(Platinum 5 Models Manufactured before 7/24/03)
NOTE: The following should be performed at 20,000 hour intervals although these procedures can
be performed as needed depending upon the environment the concentrator is exposed to.
1. Unplug unit.
2. Remove cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 25.
3. Remove the two mounting screws from rear of sound box.
4. Disconnect and remove the manifold exhaust tubing from the barbed fittings on top
of the exhaust canister.
5. Unscrew the exhaust muffler located on the exhaust canister by turning
counterclockwise.
6. Inspect exhaust canister to ensure the barbed fittings are clear and do one of the
following:
• Replace exhaust canister and muffler if plugged or restricted.
• Install only new exhaust muffler if exhaust canister is in good condition.
7. Install new/re‐install existing exhaust canister by reversing STEPS 3‐5.
8. Reinstall cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 25.
Manifold Exhaust Tubing
Exhaust Canister
Barbed Fittings
Exhaust Muffler
Mounting Screw(s)
Rear of Sound Box
FIGURE 6.5 Replacing the Exhaust Canister/Exhaust Muffler (Platinum 5 Models Manufactured
before 7/24/03)

Replacing the Throttling Muffler

NOTE: For this procedure, refer to
FIGURE 6.6.
1. Unplug unit.
2. Remove cabinet. Refer to Removing
Cabinet on page 25.
3. Cut tie‐wrap.
4. Remove existing throttling muffler Tie
Wrap
5. Install new throttling muffler and
secure with new tie‐wrap.
6. Reinstall the cabinet. Refer to
Removing Cabinet on page 25.
Throttling Muffler
FIGURE 6.6 Replacing the Throttling Muffler
Cleaning the Heat Exchanger

DANGER
1. Unplug unit.
CAUTION
Use care not to deform heat exchanger when installing, removing or cleaning.
3. Remove excess dirt using compressed air or vacuum.
4. Reinstall cabinet. Refer to Heat Exchanger on page 62.
Sound Box
Screw
Heat Exchanger
Standoff
Heat Exchanger
FIGURE 6.7 Cleaning the Heat Exchanger

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE RECORD
INVACARE PLATINUM OXYGEN CONCENTRATOR
Platinum™Series
ON EACH INSPECTION
Record Date of Service
Record Elapsed Hours On Hour Meter
Clean Cabinet Filter(s)

MODEL NO.
Check Prescribed L/min. Flow Rate

EVERY 4,380 HOURS FOR IRC5LX (EVERY 2,160 HOURS FOR IRC10LX)
I RC
Check Oxygen Concentration

(UNITS WITHOUT SensO 2 )
EVERY 26,280 HOURS OR 3 YEARS, WHICHEVER COMES FIRST

Check Oxygen Concentration
32
( UNITS WITH SensO 2 )
DURING PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE, OR BETWEEN PATIENTS
Clean/Replace Cabinet Filter(s)
Check Outlet HEPA Filter*

SERIAL NO.
Check Compressor Inlet Filter*

Check Power Loss Alarm
AS REQUIRED
FIGURE 6.8 Preventive Maintenance Record

Clean Heat Exchanger
Replace Exhaust Muffler
Rebuild Top End of Compressor
*NOTE: Refer to Preventive Maintenance section of Service Manual.
NOTE:
2,160 hours are equivalent to usage 24 hours per day, for 90 days.
4,380 hours are equivalent to usage 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, for 6 months.
26,280 hours are equivalent to usage 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, for 3 years.
Part No 1110538
SECTION 7—COMPRESSOR
DANGER
Replacing Compressor Assembly

NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7.1 on page 34 and FIGURE 7.2 on page 35.
1. Unplug unit.
3. Loosen clamps and disconnect intake hose and compressor output hose (blue) from
compressor assembly.
4. Remove compressor wires from wire clamps or tie‐wraps and disconnect motor
connector from the main harness connector.
NOTE: Motor connector goes through grommet before reaching the main harness connector.
5. Remove protective boot on capacitor.
6. Disconnect capacitor wires from the top of the capacitor.
NOTE: Re‐use the protective capacitor terminal boot if the replacement parts DO NOT provide
one.
7. Remove the two mounting screws that secure the compressor restraint bracket and
remove the bracket.
8. Tilt compressor assembly toward front of unit and lift out.
9. Reverse STEPS 3‐8 to install new compressor assembly.
10. Reinstall the cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 25.
11. Run unit and inspect for leaks. Refer to Leak Test on page 89.

Intake Hose Grommet
Wire Clamps or
Platinum 5 model is equipped with
Tie-wraps
Thomas Compressors
Mounting
Screws
Canister Muffler
Compressor
Output Hose Protective Boot
(BLUE)
Capacitor
Compressor
Restraint Bracket
NOTE: Models with canister muffler manufactured before 7/24/03 shown.
FIGURE 7.1 Replacing Compressor Assembly - Platinum 5 Model with Canister Muffler

Intake Hose
Grommet
Platinum 5 and 10 models are
Wire Clamps or
equipped with Thomas Compressors
Tie-wraps
Mounting
Compressor Capacitor
Screws
Output Hose
(BLUE)
Protective Boot
Platinum 5 XL model is equipped

Compressor with Gast Compressor
Restraint Bracket
NOTE: Models with throttling muffler
manufactured after 7/24/03.
FIGURE 7.2 Replacing Compressor Assembly - Platinum 5 and 10 Models with Throttling
Muffler
Replacing Capacitor
5-Liter Models (Platinum 5 and Platinum XL)

NOTE: For this procedure, refer to Detail “A” in FIGURE 7.3 on page 36.
1. Unplug the unit.
3. Remove protective boot to reveal capacitor wires.
4. Disconnect the spade connectors from the capacitor terminals (not shown).
5. Remove the screw that secures the capacitor clamp to the soundbox brace.
6. Remove the capacitor from the concentrator base assembly.
7. Install new capacitor by reversing STEPS 3‐6.
8. Re‐install the cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 25.
10-Liter Model (Platinum 10)

NOTE: For this procedure, refer to Detail “B” in FIGURE 7.3.
1. Unplug the unit.
3. Cut the two tie‐wraps that secure the capacitor to the soundbox brace.
4. Rotate capacitor to horizontal position.
5. Remove protective boot to reveal capacitor wires.
6. Disconnect the spade connectors from the capacitor terminals (not shown).
7. Remove the capacitor from the concentrator base assembly.
8. Install new capacitor by reversing STEPS 3‐7.
9. Re‐install the cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 25.
DETAIL “A” - PLATINUM 5 AND DETAIL “B” - PLATINUM 10 MODELS
PLATINUM XL MODELS
Capacitor
Protective
Boot
Tie-Wraps
Capacitor
Clamp
Screw
Soundbox
Soundbox
Brace
Capacitor Protective Brace
Boot
FIGURE 7.3 Replacing Capacitor

Rebuilding the Thomas Model 2650 and 2660

Compressor - Platinum 5 and 10 Models
DANGER
NOTE: Platinum XL uses a Gast compressor. Refer to Platinum XL Model ‐ Rebuilding the Gast
Compressor on page 45.
NOTE: Both compressor versions (models 2650 and 2660) use kit p/n 1109235.
NOTE: This kit is designed for rebuilding the Thomas Model 2650 and 2660 Series compressor.
The model number is located on the front of the compressor. Compressor numbers for this kit are
2650CE37, 2650CE44, 2660CE37, and 2660CE50. If the compressor has a different model number
than those listed, this kit will not work.
The Thomas 2650 and 2660 Series Compressor Rebuild Kit (p/n 1109235) contains the
following: DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
Teflon®Piston Cups 2
Aluminum Piston Sleeves 2
Flapper Valves - Intake and Exhaust 4
Valve Keepers 4
O-Ring - Sleeve 2
Valve Plate Gaskets 2
Head Mounting Screws 8
Valve Screws 4
Valve Restraints 2
Piston Cup Retainer Screws 2
Tools Required:
• Torque wrench that has an inch‐pound scale (for head screws, set screws, flapper
valve screw, and pipe plugs)
• Torx® T‐25 drive for torque wrench (for head screws)
• Torx T‐27 drive for torque wrench (for retainer screws)
• 1/8‐inch Allen wrench attachment for torque wrench (for eccentric set screw)
• 5/32‐inch Allen wrench attachment for torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver attachment or 1/4‐inch hex socket for torque wrench (for
flapper valve screw)
• Two flat blade screwdrivers

• Rubber Mallet
• Phillips screwdriver attachment for torque wrench (for retainer screws)
CAUTION
DO NOT lubricate or use oil on any moving parts. The compressor eccentric uses a
precision sealed bearing. Therefore, additional lubrication is not necessary.
Removing Compressor and Compressor Heads
Compressor
1. Unplug concentrator and carefully remove compressor from concentrator. Refer to
Replacing Compressor Assembly on page 33.
Compressor Head Plate

1. Clean loose dirt from the outside of the Head Screws Head
compressor. Screws
2. Use the Torx T‐25 torque wrench and
loosen the eight head screws.
3. Note head placement before removing
compressor heads. Compressor
Head Plate
4. Remove the compressor head plate.
Valve Plates
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7 Valve
.4. Plate
Valve
1. Note the position of the plates before
Plate
removing.
2. Lift off the valve plate on one side.
3. Repeat for the other side.
Compressor
NOTE: Note the position of the tab on valve
plate for reassembly.
NOTE: To avoid confusion, ONLY service one
(1) end of the compressor at a time.
FIGURE 7.4 Removing Compressor and

Compressor Heads - Rebuilding the
Compressor - Compressor - Compressor
Head Plate - Valve Plates
Fan
1. Using two flat blade screwdrivers, pry the fan off of the motor shaft under the center
housing. DO NOT pry under the fan blades.
NOTE: Note position/orientation of fan for reassembly.
Connecting Rod and Eccentric Assembly

1. Rotate shaft to align the eccentricʹs set screw with the access hole in the bottom of the
compressor housing.
2. Insert the 1/8‐inch Allen wrench into the access hole in the bottom of the compressor
housing (Detail “A” of FIGURE 7.5).
3. Loosen the set screw ¼ turn.
4. Rotate connecting rod to top dead center (180°) and slide the connecting rod/eccentric
assembly off the shaft through the opening in the housing.
5. Secure the rod assembly in a fixture.
6. Remove the sleeve from the connecting rod and discard.
Piston Cup
1. Remove the torque screw (discard) from the piston cup retainer (retain for reassembly).
2. Remove the piston cup (discard) and wipe debris from the top of the connecting rod
with a clean damp cloth.
NOTE: As the piston travels DETAIL “A” - BOTTOM OF

up and down it will also rock Cylinder Sleeve COMPRESSOR
from side‐to‐side. This is a
feature of the WOB‐L Piston. Eccentric Set Screw Access Hole
Torque Screw
Retainer
Piston Cup
Rod Top
Eccentric
Fan
Connecting
Rod Set Screw
(hidden)
FIGURE 7.5 Removing Compressor and Compressor Heads - Rebuilding the Compressor -
Fan - Connecting Rod and Eccentric Assembly - Piston Cup
O-ring, Intake Valve Keeper and Valve Keeper Strip

1. Remove the O‐ring, intake valve
flapper and valve keeper strip from the Valve Flapper
bottom of the valve plate. Discard all. Screw
2. Clean the bottom of the valve plate
with a clean, soft cloth. Valve
Keeper Strip
O-Ring
Intake Valve
Flapper

Compressor - O-ring, Intake Valve Keeper
and Valve Keeper Strip
Exhaust Valve Flapper, Valve Restraint and Valve Keeper Strip

1. Remove the exhaust valve flapper,
valve restraint and valve keeper strip Gasket Valve Flapper
from the top of the valve plate. Discard Screw
all.
2. Clean the top of the plate with a clean, Valve
Keeper Strip
soft cloth.
Gasket Exhaust Valve

Flapper
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7
.7. Valve
Restraint
1. Remove the old gasket from the top of
the valve plate and discard.
2. Clean the valve plate with a clean, soft Compressor Heads - Rebuilding the
cloth. Compressor - Exhaust Valve Flapper, Valve
Restraint and Valve Keeper Strip

Rebuilding the Compressor

NOTE: Before reassembly, wipe any residue from all components with a clean soft cloth.
Gasket
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7.7 on page 40.
1. Install new gasket; seating the gasket firmly in the groove at the top of the valve plate
with your finger or blunt object.
CAUTION
Make sure that the gasket is not twisted when seated in the groove of the top of the
valve plate.

1. Install the new exhaust valve flapper, valve restraint and valve keeper strip to the top
of the valve plate with the valve flapper screw.
NOTE: Torque flapper screws to 12 inch‐lbs.
O-ring, Intake Valve Flapper and Valve Keeper Strip

1. Install the new valve keeper strip on top of the new intake valve flapper so that the
word ʺUPʺ is visible. Fasten with the valve flapper screw.
2. Install the new O‐ring, seating it firmly into the groove with your finger or blunt
object.
NOTE: Torque flapper screws to 12 inch‐lbs.
Piston Cup
1. Place cylinder sleeve over rod top with smooth edge facing up.
2. Place piston cup on rod top making sure it is centered.
3. Place retainer on top of piston cup and seat retainer in rod top pocket, making sure the
retainer and cup align properly along with screw holes.
4. Insert new screw into rod top and torque to 30 inch‐lbs.
Connecting Rod/Eccentric Assembly

1. With gloved‐hand or clean cloth, pre‐form piston cup if necessary.
2. Gently slide cylinder sleeve up and over cup to fully form it.

CAUTION
precision sealed bearing.
DO NOT crimp the piston cup when you replace the sleeve. If the cup is crimped, it
MUST be replaced.
3. With bearing side of connecting rod/eccentric assembly facing the center (motor) of
the compressor, slide the assembly onto the shaft bringing it flush to the motor
bearing.
NOTE: Make sure the eccentric set screw is positioned over the flat of the shaft.
4. Using the access hole, tighten set screw to 40 inch‐lbs (Detail “A” of FIGURE 7.5).
5. Hold the sleeve down to the housing with one hand and slowly rotate the eccentric
with the other hand to ensure all the components are aligned properly.
Fan
1. Reinstall the fan onto the shaft in original orientation. Secure into position using a
rubber mallet.
Valve Plate
1. With the sleeve located and firmly seated on the housing, replace the valve plate in the
same manner as it was.
2. Repeat step 1 for other valve plate.
NOTE: Make sure the top edge of the sleeve locates in the O‐ring groove in the bottom of the valve
plate.
CAUTION
Make sure that the O-ring is not twisted when seated in the groove of the bottom of
the valve plate.
Compressor Heads
1. Place the heads on top of the valve plates.
2. Tighten the head screws in a criss‐cross pattern to 40 inch‐lbs.

Compressor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property damage, rotate the fan by hand prior to
connecting the unit to a power source. Check for suction at the air inlet by placing
your finger over the port as you rotate the fan. You should feel a slight suction with
each rotation of the fan. If you DO NOT feel a suction but you feel or hear a thump
as you turn the fan, DO NOT connect the unit to a power source. Review the
assembly procedure for possible error.

1. Reinstall compressor. Refer to Replacing Compressor Assembly on page 33.
2. Run unit and check for leaks around compressor hoses and compressor tubes. Refer
to Leak Test on page 89.
3. Take pressure readings to ensure proper system pressures. Refer to Installing the Sieve
Bed Pressure Tap‐In Kit Installation and Checking Bed Pressure on page 96.
FIELD SERVICE PARTS LIST FOR THOMAS 2660 SERIES COMPRESSOR
ITEM PART QTY. QTY.
NO. NO. PER ASM PER UNIT DESCRIPTION
1 See Chart — 2 Connecting Rod, Eccentric & Bearing Assembly
2 624277 1 2 Piston Cup
3 625776 1 2 Screw - Piston Cup Retainer
4 626175 1 2 Piston Cup Retainer
5 618114 1 2 Cylinder Sleeve
6 See Chart — 1 Head
7 623143 — 2 O-Ring - Head Gasket
8 625175 — 8 Screw - Head
9 621591 — 2 Valve Plate Assembly
638574 — 1 Valve - Pressure Relief-Not Shown (115 V)
10 617177 1 2 Valve Restraint
11 617562 2 4 Valve Keeper Strip
12 621485 2 4 Valve Flapper - Intake & Exhaust
13 621641 1 2 Valve Plate
14 625094 2 4 Screw - Valve Flapper
15 623137 — 2 O-Ring Valve Plate
16 638281 — 1 Fan - Gray
17 638282 — 1 Fan - Black
2660CE37-989 COMPRESSOR
ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
1 607731 2 Connecting Rod, Eccentric & Bearing Assembly
6 665167 1 Head

COMPRESSOR PARTS LEGEND

1. Connecting Rod, Eccentric & Bearing Assembly 10. Valve Restraint
2. Piston Cup 11. Valve Keeper Strip
3. Screw - Piston Cup Retainer 12. Valve Flapper - Intake & Exhaust
4. Piston Cup Retainer 13. Valve Plate
5. Cylinder Sleeve 14. Screw - Valve Flapper
6 Head 15. O-Ring Valve Plate
7. O-Ring - Head Gasket 16. Fan - Gray
8. Screw - Head 17. Fan - Black
9. Valve Plate Assembly
FIGURE 7.8 Platinum 5, 10 Model - Compressor Exploded View

Platinum XL Model - Rebuilding the Gast Compressor

NOTE: Compressor model no. 82637.
NOTE: This compressor uses kit p/n 1124028.
To ensure the safe and successful installation of the Gast compressor, these instructions
MUST be followed.
DANGER
After ANY adjustments, repair or service and before use, make sure that all attach-
ing hardware is tightened securely.
NOTE: This kit is designed for rebuilding the Gast Compressor Model No. 82637. These
compressors use this rebuild kit. The model number is located on the front of the compressor. If the
model number does not begin with 82637, DO NOT install this kit.
This kit (p/n 1124028) includes the following items (FIGURE 7.9):
Leaf Valve 4 Cylinder
Valve Retainer 2 Cups
Valve Limiter 2
6-32 x.44 Hex Screws 2
.500 Retainer
6-32 x.31 Hex Head Screws 2 Head Plate Screws
O-Ring Cylinder 2 Cover
Gasket O-Rings
Head Cover Gaskets 2
Retainer Plate Screws 10-24 x.500 4 .31 Hex
Cups 2 .44 Hex Head Screws
Cylinders 2 Head Valve
Screws Retainer
Leaf
Valve
Valve
Limiter
FIGURE 7.9 Kit Compenents

Tools Required:
• 1/8” Allen bit/wrench
• T‐25 Torq bit/wrench
• T‐27 Torq bit/wrench
• Small Flat Screwdriver
• Adjustable torque driver 0‐50 inch‐lbs.
• ¼‐inch socket or nut driver.

Removing the Head Cover and Valve Plate Assembly

1. Disengage the eight Torx bolts that secure the head cover and valve plate assembly to
the compressor (Detail “A”).
2. Remove the head covers and valve plate assembly (Detail “B”).
NOTE: Notice that the outside Torx screws are longer than the inside Torx screws.
DETAIL “A” DETAIL “B”

Valve Plate
Head Covers Assembly
Torx Bolts Torx Bolts
Head
Cover
Compressor Valve Plate

Assembly
FIGURE 7.10 Removing the Head Cover and Valve Plate Assembly
Removing Head Cover Gaskets, O-Ring Gaskets,

Exhaust Valves and Limiter
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7.11, FIGURE 7.11, FIGURE 7.12 on page 47, and
FIGURE 7.13 on page 47.
1. Remove and discard the old head cover gaskets on the top of the valve plate assembly.
Head Cover Gasket

Head Cover Gasket
Valve Plate Assembly
FIGURE 7.11 Removing Head Cover Gaskets, O-Ring Gaskets, Exhaust Valves and Limiter

2. Turn the valve plate assembly over.
CAUTION
When removing the old O-ring gaskets ensure not to damage the grooves they sit in.
3. Using a small screwdriver, remove the old O‐ring gaskets from the valve plate
assembly.
O-Ring Gaskets Valve Plate

Assembly
FIGURE 7.12 Removing the Old O-Ring Gaskets

4. Using a ¼‐inch socket or nut driver, remove the screw, the valve retainer and intake
valves from the valve plate assembly.
¼-inch Socket or Valve Plate

Nut Driver Assembly
Intake Valves Screw
Valve
Retainer
FIGURE 7.13 Removing the Intake Valves

5. Turn the valve plate assembly over.
6. Using a ¼‐inch socket or nut driver, remove the screw, old exhaust valves and limiters
of the valve plate chambers.

Exhaust Valves Screw Valve Plate

and Limiters Chamber
¼-inch Socket or
Nut Driver
FIGURE 7.14 Removing the Old Exhaust Valves and Limiters
Installing the New Intake Valves, Exhaust Valves With

Limiters
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7.15, FIGURE 7.16 on page 48, and FIGURE 7.17
on page 49.
1. Find the new leaf valves, valve retainer, .31
valve limiters and screws from the .44 Screws
repair kit. Screws
NOTE: Notice that the leaf valves and the valve
retainers have a notch that should be oriented Limiters Valve
in the top left corner when installed (See Detail Retainer
Leaf Leaf
“A” in FIGURE 7.15). Valves Valves
2. Install the new intake valves and valve
retainer, oriented as shown, on the DETAIL Valve Retainer
bottom side of the valve plate “A”
assembly. Notch
3. Center the intake valve over the port
Leaf Valves
hole, secure with .31 hex head screw
and tighten to 10‐13 inch‐lbs using a FIGURE 7.15 New Valves, Limiters, Screws
Torque wrench.
Valve Retainer Intake Valve Torque

Valve Plate Valve Plate
.31 Hex Wrench
Assembly Assembly
Head Intake Valve
Screw
FIGURE 7.16 Installing New Intake Valves and Valve Retainer

4. Turn the valve plate assembly over and install the new exhaust valves with limiters in
the valve plate assembly (FIGURE 7.17).
CAUTION
NEVER install the limiters on the bottom, or cylinder side, of the valve plate
assembly - doing so will result in unit not working or damaging the unit.
5. Center the exhaust valve and limiter over the port hole secure with .44 hex head screw
and torque to 10‐13 inch‐lbs.
Valve Plate Valve

Assembly Plate
Chamber
Torque
Wrench
.44 Hex Head Srew Exhaust Valve and Limiter
FIGURE 7.17 Installing New Exhaust Valves And Limiters
Removing the Existing Retainer Plate, Cups and

Cylinders
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7.18 and FIGURE 7.19 on page 51.
1. Using a 1/8‐inch Allen wrench, remove the two Allen head screws that secure the
retainer plate, cup and cylinder to the top of the compressor piston rod (Detail “A”).
Perform STEP 1 on both sides of the compressor.
2. Once the screws are removed, grasp the cylinder and lift up (Detail “B”).
NOTE: The cylinder, cup and retainer plate should all come off together. Refer to FIGURE 7.19
for individual illustrations of cylinder, cup and retainer plate.

Allen Head Screws
Retainer Plate, Cup, and Cylinder Retainer Plate, Cup, and Cylinder
FIGURE 7.18 Removing the Existing Retainer Plate, Cups and Cylinders

Installing the New

Retainer Plates, Cups and Cylinders
Cylinders
Cups
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7
.19, FIGURE 7.20, and FIGURE 7.21 on
page 52.
Retainer Plates
1. Find the new cylinders and cups in the
repair kit (FIGURE 7.19).
FIGURE 7.19 Identifying the New Retainer
2. Place the new retainer plate into the Plate, Cups and Cylinders
new cup (Detail “A” of FIGURE 7.20).
NOTE: Ensure that the lip of the cup is facing up.
3. Push the new retainer plate with cup into the new cylinder (Detail “B”).
4. Place the new cylinder/retainer/cup assembly over the piston rod (Detail “A” of
FIGURE 7.21).
NOTE: Ensure that the cylinder sits on the bracket.
5. When properly installed, the cylinders extend slightly above the bracket surfaces
(Detail “B” of FIGURE 7.21).
6. Secure the new cylinder/retainer/cup assembly to the compressor piston with the new
retainer plate screws (Detail “C” of FIGURE 7.21).
7. Using a torque wrench, torque retaining plate screws to 36 inch‐lbs (Detail “C”).
Retainer Plate
with Cup
Cylinder
FIGURE 7.20 Installing the New Retainer Plates, Cups and Cylinders


Cylinder/Retainer/Cup Assembly Cylinder/Retainer/Cup Assembly
Bracket
Bracket DETAIL “C”

Cylinder/Retainer/Cup Assembly
Piston Rod
(Rod is underneath
cylinder/cup)
Torque
Wrench
FIGURE 7.21 Installing the New the Cylinder onto the Compressor
Installing the New Head Cover Gaskets and O-Ring

Gaskets
1. Install the new cylinder O‐rings on the bottom side of the valve plate assembly,
pushing them into the groove (Detail “A”).
2. On the top side of the valve plate assembly, install the new head cover gaskets,
making sure they fit into the groove provided (Detail “B”).

Valve Plate Assembly O-Ring Gasket Head Gasket Valve Plate Assembly
FIGURE 7.22 Installing the New Head Cover Gaskets and O-Ring Gaskets

Installing the Head Cover

NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 7.23 and FIGURE 7.24.
1. Install the head cover onto the valve plate assembly.
NOTE: When installing the head cover onto the valve plate assembly, ensure the alignment pins,
located on the underside of the head cover, engage into the alignment holes on the valve plate
assembly.
Head Cover Plate
Alignment Pins
(Underside of Head Cover)
Valve Plate Assembly
Alignment Pin Holes

FIGURE 7.23 Install the New the Cylinder onto the Compressor
2. Install the head/valve plate assembly onto the unit.
3. Using a torque wrench, secure the head/valve plate assembly to the unit with the
existing eight Torx head screws. Tighten evenly and torque to 50 inch‐lbs.
NOTE: Ensure that the cylinders fit into the O‐ring grooves on both heads.
Torx Head Screw Torx Head Screw Torx Head Screw
6-32 x .44 6-32 x .31 6-32 x .44
Torque Wrench
Valve Plate
Assembly
FIGURE 7.24 Install The Head Cover And Valve Plate Assembly Onto Compressor
CAUTION
Slowly rotate compressor motor by grasping and turning one of the fans. The motor
shaft should rotate completely and freely. Any binding or stopping of the motor
indicates a problem in the assembly. If this occurs, disassemble, review steps and
reassemble. If problem persists, call Invacare at 1-800-832-4707.

SECTION 8—P.E. VALVE

Replacing P.E. Valve
DANGER
1. Unplug unit.
3. Remove spade connectors from P.E. valve assembly.
4. Remove tie‐wraps from P.E. valve tubing.
5. Remove P.E. valve assembly from tubing.
CAUTION
If P.E. valve is not to be installed IMMEDIATELY, plug the P.E. valve tubing to
prevent sieve bed contamination.
6. Install new P.E. Valve assembly IMMEDIATELY, by reversing STEPS 3‐5.
NOTE: After replacing P.E. valve, retiming of the concentrator may be necessary. Refer to Timing
the Platinum 5, XL, and 10 Concentrators on page 86.
NOTE: To ensure proper orientation, the “out” port barb should face to the right side of the sieve
bed when viewing the back of the unit.
7. Run unit and check for leaks. Refer to Leak Test on page 89.
P.E. Valve “Out” Port

Tubing Barb
Tie-Wraps
OUT
P.E. Valve
Tubing
P.E. Valve
Assembly
Spade Connectors
Sieve Beds
(Shown for Reference)
FIGURE 8.1 Replacing P.E. Valve
SECTION 9—SIEVE BEDS
Replacing Sieve Beds

DANGER
To prevent electrical shock, AWAYS disconnect concentrator from electrical

NOTE: ALWAYS replace sieve beds in pairs to ensure that both beds are in optimum condition.
1. Unplug unit.
3. Remove tie‐wraps and disconnect P.E valve and sieve bed tubing from top of sieve
beds.
4. Remove large tie‐wraps.
5. Loosen adjustable clamps on sieve beds. Slide clamps down below the adjustable
clamp hangers.
6. Lift sieve beds up and rest sieve beds on top rear of base.
7. Remove tie‐wraps and reinforced tubing from bottom of both sieve beds and remove
sieve beds.
CAUTION
DO NOT remove plastic caps from new sieve bed fittings until ready to install new
beds. Severe sieve contamination can occur if uncapped beds are exposed to air.
8. Remove plastic caps from the top and bottom fittings of the new sieve beds.
9. Install new sieve beds reversing STEPS 3‐7.
NOTE: After replacing sieve beds, retiming is necessary. Refer to Timing the Platinum 5, XL, and
10 Concentrators on page 86.

5 Liter Models (Platinum 5 and XL)

Tie-Wraps
P.E. Valve
Assembly
Sieve Bed Tubing

P.E. Valve
Tubing
Sieve Bed
Tie-Wraps
Regulator
Adjustable
Adjustable
Clamps
Clamp
Hanger
Reinforced Tubing attaches Large

HERE (not shown) Tie-Wraps
Tie-Wraps
(not shown)
10 Liter Model (Platinum 10)

Regulator
NOTE: Sieve Bed assembly for the
10 liter is the same as the 5 liter
model EXCEPT for the regulator
shown here.
FIGURE 9.1 Replacing Sieve Beds

SECTION 10—CHECK VALVES
Replacing Check Valves

DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
NOTE: Replace one or both check valves when performing this procedure. The check valves are one‐
way directional and can be checked by passing air through them. Air should flow in one direction
only.
3. Loosen adjustable clamp on product tank, slide clamp down below the adjustable
clamp hanger, and pull product tank forward to access check valve(s).
4. Remove tie‐wraps from top and bottom of the check valve(s) and disconnect check
valve(s) from ¼‐inch PVC tubing.
WARNING
The check valves are one-way directional and MUST be installed correctly. The
letters “VAC” are printed on the check valves. The check valves MUST be installed
with the “VAC” on the underside of the check valve. Low system pressures and
eventual bed contamination will result if check valves are not properly installed.
5. Install the new check valve(s) into the ¼‐inch PVC tubing.
6. Make sure “VAC” is on the underside of the check valve to ensure proper orientation
of check valves when installing.
7. Secure the check valve(s) by installing new tie‐wraps to the ¼‐ inch PVC tubing where
previously removed.
NOTE: If ¼‐inch PVC tubing is damaged in any way, replace the section of ¼‐inch PVC tubing
before installing check valve(s).
NOTE: Ensure check valves are not crossed. Left barb product tank check valve goes to left barb on
sieve bed. Right barb product tank check valve to right barb on sieve bed.
8. Run units and check for leaks. Refer to Leak Test on page 89.

5 Liter Models (Platinum 5 and XL)
PVC Tubing
Check Valves
Tie-wraps
(Two per
Check Valve)
PVC Tubing Product Tank
Adjustable
Clamp
10 Liter Model (Platinum 10)

PVC Tubing
Check Valves
Tie-wraps (Two per

Check Valve)
Adjustable
Clamp
PVC Tubing Product Tank
FIGURE 10.1 Replacing Check Valves

SECTION 11—REGULATOR
Replacing Regulator
DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
3. Loosen adjustable clamp on product tank and slide clamp down below the adjustable
clamp hanger (Detail “A”).
4. Pull product tank back and up to access regulator.
NOTE: On concentrator models with the SensO2 unit ONLY, remove the 1/8‐inch tubing to
oxygen sensor housing.
5. Remove the four mounting screws that secure regulator to product tank cap (Detail
“B” and “C”).
6. Remove regulator from product tank lid ensuring that the O‐rings are removed.
NOTE: Clean mounting surface of product tank cap. Ensure that the two ʺOʺ rings for the NEW
regulator are installed onto the ports (underside) of the NEW regulator before installation.
WARNING
Ensure proper installation of regulator. Note flow arrow on regulator. This MUST
face toward the front of unit or flow will be interrupted causing system shutdown.
7. Install new regulator onto product tank by reversing STEPS 5 and 6.
8. Torque mounting screws to 5 ± 1 inch‐lbs.
9. Re‐install product tank and secure with the adjustable clamp.
NOTE: On units with SensO2, reinstall 1/8‐inch tubing to oxygen sensor housing.
10. Adjust regulator pressure if necessary. Refer to Adjusting Regulator on page 61.

DETAIL “A” Pressure DETAIL “B” - 5 LITER

Regulator MODELS
Sound Box (Top) Pressure
Adjustment Screw
Adjustable Pressure (9/64-inch Allen
Product Clamp Regulator Wrench)
Tank Lid
Mounting
Screws Pressure
Product Sensor Tubing
Product
Tank
Tank
Adjustable Clamp
NOTE: The adjustable clamp hanger is not NOTE: Sieve Beds removed for clarity.
shown. It is located behind the product tank and
is attached to the sound box.
DETAIL “C” - 10 LITER MODELS
Pressure
Pressure Adjustment
Regulator Knob
(Top)
Mounting
Pressure Screws
Regulator
Pressure
Sensor
Tubing
Product
Tank Adjustable
Clamp
FIGURE 11.1 Replacing Regulator

Adjusting Regulator
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to Detail “C” in FIGURE 11.1.
1. Turn unit on (I).
2. Install pressure gauge onto oxygen outlet.
NOTE: Use a 0 ‐ 30 p.s.i. pressure gauge.
NOTE: Check O2 pressure at oxygen outlet. It should read a steady five p.s.i. ± 0.5 p.s.i. If pressure
is not in specification, proceed to STEP 3. If pressure falls within specification, no adjustment is
needed.
3. Unplug unit.
5. Move product tank back to access regulator. Refer to Replacing Regulator on page 59.
6. Plug unit in and turn power switch on (I).
7. Locate the pressure adjustment screw for 5 liter models (adjustment knob for l0 liter
model) in center of pressure regulator top.
8. For five liter models only insert a 9/64‐inch Allen wrench into the pressure adjustment
screw.
9. While reading pressure gauge, do one of the following:
• Turn pressure adjustment screw or adjustment knob, clockwise to increase output
pressure or,
• Turn pressure adjustment screw or adjustment knob, counterclockwise to decrease
output pressure.
10. Adjust until pressure reads:
• For 5 liter: a steady five p.s.i. ± 0.5 p.s.i.
• For 10 liter models built after 4/06: steady 9 p.s.i. ± 0.5 p.s.i.
11. Once required pressure is achieved, reinstall cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on
page 25.
12. Refer to Troubleshooting on page 17 if you are unable to adjust or maintain five p.s.i.
± 0.5 p.s.i.
NOTE: After ten (10) minutes of run time, retest output pressure of concentrator to insure proper
operation and/or spec levels.

SECTION 12—HEAT EXCHANGER

Replacing Heat Exchanger
DANGER
1. Unplug unit.
CAUTION
3. Loosen the adjustable clamps on the compressor output hose (BLUE) and valve
manifold input hoses at the front and rear of the heat exchanger.
4. Remove screw securing heat exchanger standoff to the soundbox.
5. Move the heat exchanger out to access the hoses and remove them from the heat
exchanger.
6. Remove heat exchanger.
7. Reverse STEPS 3‐6 to install new heat exchanger.
Sound Box
Screw
Heat Exchanger
Standoff
Heat Exchanger
Adjustable
Clamp
Compressor Outlet
Hose (BLUE) Valve Manifold Input Hose
(from compressor)
FIGURE 12.1 Replacing Heat Exchanger

SECTION 13—CONTROL PANEL
Removing Control Panel

DANGER
Tools Required:
• Diagonal Cutters
• Flathead Screwdriver
• ¼‐inch ratchet, ¼‐inch socket, and ¼‐inch extension
• Pliers
• Tie‐wraps
1. Unplug unit.
2. Remove cabinet. Refer to Cabinet on page 25.
3. Remove the two upper mounting screws that secure the control panel.
4. Loosen the two lower mounting screws that secure the control panel.
WARNING
Use caution when removing the pressure sensor tubing from the product tank.
Injury could result when tubing disconnects from product tank.
5. Cut the tie‐wraps that secure the 1/8‐inch I.D. pressure sensor tubing to the product
tank connection and remove tubing.
6. Remove the ¼‐inch I.D. tubing from the top and bottom barbed fittings of the
flowmeter.
7. Cut tie wrap and remove ¼‐inch I.D. tubing from the patient outlet barbed fitting
behind the control panel.
NOTE: On SensO2 models the oxygen sensor tube attached to the side of the regulator MUST also
be released.
8. Disconnect the nine or ten pin connector from P.C. board.
9. Disconnect the eight pin connector from P.C. board.
10. Disconnect the transformer harness connector.
NOTE: Before performing STEP 10, code all wires to ensure correct reinstallation.

11. Remove spade connectors from circuit breaker, hour meter and On/Off ( I/O) switch.

(Jumper wire harness from On/Off switch to circuit breaker does not have to be
removed).
12. Remove control panel and reverse STEPS 3‐10 to re‐install control panel.
13. Run unit and check for leaks at pressure sensor tubing on product tank cap. Refer to
Leak Test on page 89
Circuit Breaker
(STEP 10) Upper Mounting
Screws
Hour Meter
(STEP 10)
1/8” I.D. Pressure
Sensor Tubing (STEP 5) ON/OFF
Switch ( I/O)
Oxygen Sensor Tube (STEP 11)
(SensO2 Models Only)
Transformer Patient Outlet

Harness Barbed fitting
Connector
Top and Bottom
(STEP 10)
Barbed fittings
9 or 10-Pin
Connector
(STEP 8)
Control Panel
8-Pin Lower Mounting Screws
Connector
(STEP 9)
FIGURE 13.1 Removing Control Panel

SECTION 14—COOLING FAN
Replacing Cooling Fan

DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
3. Remove control panel. Refer to Removing Control Panel on page 63.
4. Remove compressor assembly. Refer to Replacing Compressor Assembly on page 33
or Replacing Capacitor on page 35.
5. Remove heat exchanger. Refer to Replacing Heat Exchanger on page 62.
NOTE: Heat exchanger MUST be removed before removing the mounting screws.
6. Disconnect and remove spade connectors from fan terminals on back side of cooling
fan (not shown).
7. Remove four mounting screws securing the cooling fan to the sound box.
8. Remove existing cooling fan.
9. Install new cooling fan.
NOTE: Run the self‐threading mounting screws through the fan housing holes to cut the threads
and remove them before mounting the fan for ease of installation.
CAUTION
Fan MUST be positioned properly so air from the fan blows DOWN onto the
compressor (see air flow arrow on back of fan) or damage to the unit will occur.
10. Reinstall heat exchanger. Refer to Replacing Heat Exchanger on page 62.

11. Reinstall compressor. Refer to Replacing Compressor Assembly on page 33 or
Replacing Capacitor on page 35.
12. Reinstall control panel. Refer to Removing Control Panel on page 63.
13. Plug unit in and check for leaks. Refer to Leak Test on page 89.
14. Run unit for at least 30 minutes. If unit runs properly, replace cover. If not, call
Invacare Technical Service.
15. Reinstall cabinet. Refer to Cabinet on page 25.

Fan Terminals
Cooling Fan (Hidden from view)
Spade Connectors
Sound Box (Not shown)
Mounting Screws
Heat Exchanger
NOTE: Illustration depicts Platinum 5. Replacement of the cooling fan is the same for Platinum
5, XL, and Platinum 10.
NOTE: Heat exchanger MUST be removed before removing the mounting screws.
FIGURE 14.1 Replacing Cooling Fan

SECTION 15—P.C. BOARD
Replacing P.C. Board

DANGER
CAUTION
Only qualified service technicians should make any changes to this equipment.
Follow these pre-cautions to prevent damage to the P.C. boards:
Before handling any P.C. boards, you need to be properly grounded to prevent
static damage to the components of the board. A Static Cuff MUST be worn and
properly grounded using an alligator clip. Electrical conduit or a water pipe is
normally sufficient when a known good ground is not available. Care should be
taken to ensure that the alligator clip contacts with bare metal surface.
When removing quick disconnects terminals, DO NOT pull on wire itself as damage
to the connection may occur. Hold down the P.C. board with one hand and use an
upward force with a slight rocking motion to remove the terminals.
Before installing any P.C. boards, ensure that all insulators are in place.

1. Unplug unit.
4. Disconnect the following:
A. Wiring Harness from nine or ten pin wiring harness connector
B. Wiring Harness from eight pin wiring harness connector
C. Transformer harness connector
WARNING
DO NOT remove sensor tubing from P.C. Board. Remove from tee fitting or
regulator ONLY. Damage to sensor assembly could occur. A faulty sensor may
result in improper oxygen delivery and harm to the user.
D. Pressure sensor tubing from product tank, not P.C. Board.
E. If applicable, Oxygen Sensor tubing from Regulator Fitting. Refer to Replacing

5. Remove the two mounting screws on top corners of P.C. board. Bend latching tab up
to release P.C. board from control panel.
6. Position new P.C. board.
7. Reverse STEPS 4 and 5. Be sure all tie‐wraps removed from tubing connections are
replaced.
9. Run concentrator to ensure unit operates to specifications.
10. After replacing P.C. board, retiming may be necessary. Refer to Timing the Platinum
5, XL, and 10 Concentrators on page 86.
11. Check for leaks at pressure sensor tubing on product tank cap. Refer to Leak Test on
page 89.
Control Panel
Oxygen Sensor
Tubing (SensO2
models only) Pressure Sensor
(STEP 4E) Tubing (STEP 4D)
Mounting
Screws (STEP 5)
Transformer
Harness Connector
(STEP 4C)
Nine or Ten
Pin Wiring
Harness
Connector P.C. Board
(STEP 4A) Eight Pin Wiring Harness
Connector (STEP 4B)
FIGURE 15.1 Replacing P.C. Board

SECTION 16—TRANSFORMER
Replacing Transformer Assembly

DANGER
1. Unplug unit.
4. Locate the transformer assembly in the upper left corner on the back of control panel.
5. Unplug the transformer connector from the P.C. board.
6. Remove the two keps screws that secure transformer to the back of the control panel.
7. Reverse STEPS 5‐6 to install new transformer. Torque keps screw to 13.5 ± 1 inch‐lbs.
8. Reinstall control panel. Refer to Control Panel on page 63.
Control Panel
Transformer
Assembly
Keps Screws
P.C. Board
Transformer
P.C. Board
Connector
FIGURE 16.1 Replacing Transformer Assembly

SECTION 17—ON/OFF SWITCH

Replacing On/Off Switch
DANGER
1. Unplug unit.
4. Remove and code the four spade connectors from back of existing on/off switch.
5. Compress retaining grips on back of existing on/off switch and push switch out
through front of control panel.
NOTE: Ensure proper orientation of the On/Off ( I/O) switch and wiring connections before
installation. Refer to FIGURE 17.1, Detail “A” and Detail “B” below.
CAUTION
DO NOT install the On/Off (I/O) switch upside down. Universal Off (O) symbol
should be at bottom and Universal On (I) symbol should be at the top. Possible
damage to the concentrator may result if not properly installed.
6. Reverse STEP 4 to secure new On/Off ( I/O) switch.
DETAIL “A”
Control Panel
ON
ON/OFF OFF
( I/O)
Front View
Switch
DETAIL “B”
Spade Connector On/Off ( I/O)
from Brown Wire Switch
attached here
Brown Jumper
Spade Connectors
Wire (From
from Black Wires
Circuit Breaker)
attached here
Back View
FIGURE 17.1 Replacing On/Off Switch
SECTION 18—FLOWMETER
Replacing Flowmeter
DANGER
1. Unplug unit.
NOTE: Note the location of the PVC tubing for accurate replacement after new flowmeter is
installed.
4. Remove palnuts that secure flowmeter to the control panel.
5. Remove flowmeter from front of control panel.
6. Install new flowmeter reversing STEPS 4‐5.
8. Run unit and check for leaks where 1/4‐inch PVC tubing engages flowmeter fittings.
Refer to Leak Test on page 89.
9. If replacing flowmeter on 10 L/min models, refer to Adjusting Regulator on page 61.

10 Liter Models
Palnuts
Existing - 5 psi New 9 psi
Flowmeter Flowmeter Flowmeter
Flowmeter
Barbed Fittings
(Back of
NOTE: Note the extra hash mark Flowmeter) Control Panel
on the bottom of the new 9 psi
flowmeter.
FIGURE 18.1 Replacing Flowmeter

SECTION 19—HOUR METER
Replacing Hour Meter

DANGER
1. Unplug unit.
4. Remove and code the two hour meter connectors and wires connected to back of hour
meter.
5. Spread retaining clips on hour meter housing that secure hour meter to control panel.
6. Remove hour meter by pushing meter through front of control panel.
7. Install new hour meter reversing STEPS 4‐6.
Hour Meter
Housing
Hour Meter
Connectors
Hour Meter Wires
Retaining Clips (Hour

Back of Meter Housing)
Control Panel
FIGURE 19.1 Replacing Hour Meter

SECTION 20—4-WAY VALVE
SECTION 20— 4-WAY VALVE

DANGER
Replacing 4-Way Valve

1. Unplug unit.
4. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the 4‐way valve to the manifold
assembly.
5. Position new 4‐way valve onto manifold assembly and loosely install mounting
screws through 4‐way valve and into manifold assembly.
NOTE: Ensure the manifold gasket is in place on 4‐way valve before installing.
CAUTION
Torque sequence and specification MUST be adhered to or possible damage to the
4-way valve could result.
6. Tighten mounting screws in the sequence described below.
7. Pre‐torque the mounting screws to 10 ± 2 inch‐lbs using the torque sequence.
8. The mounting screws can be now be torqued to 22 ± 2 inch‐lbs in the same sequence.
CAUTION
This is a maintenance free valve. Opening the valve will void any and all warranties
applicable to the valve.

4-Way Valve Face
4-Way Valve Manifold

Assembly
NOTE: The Numbers above
indicate the MOUNTING SCREW
TORQUE SEQUENCE:
pre‐torque to 10 + 2 inch‐lbs.,
then torque to 22 + 2 inch‐lbs.
Mounting
Screws
NOTE: Illustration depicts manifold assembly for Platinum 5 models. 4‐Way valve is replaced in
the same manner for Platinum XL and Platinum 10 models.
FIGURE 20.1 Replacing 4-Way Valve
Replacing Manifold Assembly (Units Manufactured

before 7/24/03)
NOTE: This procedure applies to Platinum 5 units manufactured before 7/24/03. Units
manufactured before 7/24/03 are equipped with an exhaust canister with exhaust hose as shown in
FIGURE 20.2.
Tools Required:
• Pliers
• Tie‐wraps
1. Unplug unit.
4. Cut and remove the tie‐wraps connecting the sieve bed hoses to top of manifold
assembly.
NOTE: When removing the sieve bed hose from the manifold assembly use a flat head screwdriver
to pry hose up while simultaneously pulling the hose upward.
5. Remove sieve bed hoses from manifold assembly.
6. Remove and code the two spade connectors from the valve pilot on top of the
manifold assembly.

7. Remove the mounting screw(s) that secures exhaust canister assembly to rear of the
sound box. Refer to Replacing the Exhaust Canister/Exhaust Muffler (Platinum 5
Models Manufactured before 7/24/03) on page 29.
8. Remove muffler from exhaust canister by turning counter‐clockwise.
9. Loosen the adjustable clamp that secures valve manifold input hose to heat exchanger.
NOTE: When removing the valve manifold input hose from the heat exchanger, use a flat head
screwdriver to pry hose outward while simultaneously pulling the hose outward.
10. Remove valve manifold input hose from end of heat exchanger.
11. Remove the two mounting screws, washers (1 per side) and bushings (2 per side)
securing the 4‐way valve/manifold assembly to top of sound box.
12. The 4‐way valve/manifold assembly can be removed from the concentrator by lifting
the assembly straight up through the cutout in the sound box.
13. Remove 4‐way valve from manifold assembly. Refer to Replacing 4‐Way Valve on
page 74.
14. Remove exhaust canister with hoses from manifold.
15. Loosen the adjustable clamp on valve manifold input hose to bottom center port of
manifold assembly.
16. Remove valve manifold input hose from bottom center port of manifold assembly.
Use screwdriver to pry at connection of tubing at barbed fitting while pulling tubing
away from manifold assembly.
17. Reverse STEPS 13‐16 to re‐assemble.
18. Slide 4‐way valve/manifold assembly complete through the cutout in top of sound box
then install the two mounting screws, washer and four bushings into the manifold to
secure the 4‐way valve assembly to the top of sound box.
19. Reverse STEPS 4‐10.
21. Plug unit in and turn power on (I) .
22. Run unit and check for leaks at hose connections. Refer to Leak Test on page 89.
23. Check for proper system operation. Refer to Typical Product Parameters on page 9.
24. Re‐install cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 25.

Sieve Bed Hoses Mounting

(STEP 5) Screw Bushing
Tie-Wraps (Two (2)
(STEP 4) per side)
Washer
Valve Pilot Spade Connectors

(STEP 6)
Sound Box
Top
Mounting Detail for Manifold

Assembly (STEP 11)
Adjustable Clamp
(STEP 15)
4-way Valve
(STEP 13)
Valve Manifold
Heat Exchanger
Input Hose
(Typical)
(STEPS 9, 10 & 16)
Valve
Mounting Screw
Input
Exhaust Canister Placement
w/Exhaust Hose Adjustable
(STEP 14) Clamp
Compressor Output
Exhaust Hose (BLUE) (STEP 9)
Muffler
NOTE: NEW Heat Exchanger does
NOT have fins.
FIGURE 20.2 Replacing Manifold Assembly (Units Manufactured before 7/24/03)

Replacing Manifold Assembly (Units Manufactured after

7/24/03)
NOTE: Platinum XL and 10 Units manufactured after 7/24/03 are equipped with Y‐tube muffler
assembly as shown in FIGURE 20.3. This procedure applies to Platinum 5 units manufactured
after 7/24/03.
Tools Required:
• Pliers
• Tie‐wraps
1. Unplug unit.
4. Cut and remove the tie‐wraps connecting the sieve bed hoses to top of manifold
assembly.
NOTE: When removing the sieve bed hose from the manifold assembly, use a flat head screwdriver
to pry hose up while simultaneously pulling the hose upward.
5. Remove sieve bed hoses from manifold assembly.
6. Remove the two spade connectors from the valve pilot on top of the manifold
assembly.
7. Loosen the adjustable clamp that secures valve manifold input hose to heat exchanger.
NOTE: When removing the valve manifold input hose from the heat exchanger, use a flat head
screwdriver to pry hose outward while simultaneously pulling the hose outward.
8. Remove valve manifold input hose from end of heat exchanger.
9. Remove the two mounting screws, washers (one per side) and bushings (two per side)
securing the 4‐way valve/manifold assembly to top of sound box (Detail “A” of
FIGURE 20.3).
10. Remove the 4‐way valve/manifold assembly from the concentrator by lifting the
assembly straight up through the cutout in the sound box.
11. Loosen the adjustable clamp on valve manifold input hose to bottom center port of
manifold assembly.
NOTE: Note orientation of valve manifold input hose to Y‐tube muffler assembly. It is imperative
that this input hose be installed in the same orientation in order to connect to the heat exchanger.
12. Remove valve manifold input hose from bottom center port of manifold assembly.
Use screwdriver to loosen the connection of the tubing at barbed fitting while pulling
tubing away from manifold assembly.
13. Cut the tie‐wraps that secure the Y‐tube muffler assembly to the manifold assembly.
14. Remove the Y‐tube muffler assembly from the manifold assembly. Use a screwdriver
to disengage the tubing connection at the barbed fitting while pulling the tubing away
from the manifold assembly.
Spade Connectors
Sieve Bed Hoses
Tie-Wraps
NOTE: Manifold assembly
shown is for 10 liter models. Valve Pilot
Manifold Assembly
4-Way Valve
Bottom Center Port
Adjustment Clamp
Valve Manifold Input
Hose
Y-tube Muffler Assembly
DETAIL “A” -
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY
NOTE: New Heat Exchanger
Tie-Wrap
does not have fins. Mounting
Screw
Muffler
Heat Exchanger without
Throttling Bushing
Insert (Two [2]
per side)
Adjustable
Clamp
Sound Box
Compressor Output
Top
Hose (BLUE)
FIGURE 20.3 Replacing Manifold Assembly (Units Manufactured after 7/24/03)

15. Replace the manifold assembly by performing the following:
A. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the 4‐way valve to the existing
manifold assembly.
B. Separate the two components and discard existing manifold assembly.
C. Position existing 4‐way valve onto new manifold assembly and loosely install
mounting screws through 4‐way valve and into manifold assembly.
CAUTION
D. Pre‐torque the mounting screws to 10 ± 2 inch‐lbs using the torque sequence
(FIGURE 20.4).
E. The mounting screws can be now be torqued to 22 ± 2 inch‐lbs in the same
sequence.
CAUTION
DO NOT attempt to perform any maintenance on the 4-way valve. This is a
maintenance-free valve. Opening the valve will void any and all warranties
16. On the Y‐tube assembly, check the muffler and replace if necessary. Refer to Replacing
the Exhaust Canister/Exhaust Muffler (Platinum 5 Models Manufactured before 7/24/
03) on page 29.
17. Install Y‐tube muffler assembly onto bottom of manifold assembly.
18. Install one tie wrap on each leg of the Y‐tube muffler assembly to secure in place.
19. Install valve manifold input hose onto bottom center port of manifold assembly in the
orientation noted previously.
20. Secure valve manifold input hose with adjustable clamp.
21. Slide 4‐way valve/manifold assembly complete through the cutout in top of sound box
then install the two mounting screws, washer and bushings into the manifold to
secure the 4‐way valve assembly to the top of sound box.
22. Install valve manifold input hose onto end of heat exchanger and secure in place with
adjustable clamp.
23. Connect the two spade connectors to the valve pilot on top of the manifold assembly.
24. Connect sieve bed hoses to manifold assembly and secure in place with tie wrap.
26. Plug unit in and turn power on (I) .
27. Run unit and check for leaks at hose connections. Refer to Leak Test on page 89.

28. Check for proper system operation. Refer to Typical Product Parameters on page 9.
DETAIL “A” - MOUNTING SCREW

TORQUE SEQUENCE:
4 2
1 3
NOTE: The numbers indicate the
pre‐torque to 10 ± 2 inch‐lbs, then
torque to 22 ± 2 inch‐lbs.
Mounting
Screws
FIGURE 20.4 Replacing Manifold Assembly (Units Manufactured after 7/24/03)
Replacing Pilot Valve Poppets and O-Rings

DANGER
1. Unplug unit.
4. Locate pilot valve on 4‐way valve manifold assembly.
NOTE: Pilot valve can be accessed while the 4‐way valve and sieve bed hoses are intact on the
concentrator.
5. Hold pilot valve stem with the flat blade screwdriver and turn the 9/16‐inch locknut
counterclockwise one complete turn.
6. Unscrew the pilot valve stem assembly from the manifold while leaving the coil with
yoke and locknut intact on stem.
7. Remove pilot valve poppet from inside the pilot valve stem.

CAUTION
DO NOT remove the coil yoke from the coil. The washer between the bottom of
the yoke and the bottom of the coil MUST not be removed. Otherwise, components
may be damaged in reassembly.
8. Set aside the coil with yoke and pilot valve stem assembly with the wires still intact.
WARNING
DO NOT use sharp tools to remove O-ring from plastic manifold opening. Damage
to the plastic manifold and/or plastic manifold airflow passage may occur. Damage
to airflow may result in improper oxygen delivery and harm to the user. Refer to
9. Remove poppet and O‐ring from manifold opening (Detail “A”).
10. Discard old poppet and O‐ring.
11. Install new O‐ring into the opening in the plastic manifold housing (Detail “A”).
CAUTION
DO NOT overtighten pilot valve stem when installing it into plastic manifold.
Damage to the rubber "O" ring and/or plastic manifold may occur.
12. Install new slotted poppet into the bottom of the pilot valve stem with tapered end
facing to the bottom.
13. Install pilot valve stem and new slotted poppet with coil (with yoke and locknut
intact) into manifold opening.
14. Use a flat blade screwdriver, and tighten pilot valve stem clockwise until snug. Torque
to 25 inch‐lbs. ± 5 inch‐lbs.
15. Install new label onto pilot valve coil yoke.
NOTE: DO NOT remove spade connectors from pilot valve coils. Simply lay coils with spade
connectors aside while performing this installation.
16. Position pilot valve coil with yoke at an approximate 60° angle to the right (as viewed
from the front of valve) to ensure spade connectors are not pulled or tensioned after
reinstallation.
17. Use the flat blade screwdriver and hold the pilot valve‐stem in place.
18. Tighten locknut clockwise with the 9/16‐inch wrench until snug to secure the stem and
coil with yoke. DO NOT overtighten. Torque to 20 inch‐lbs ± 3 inch‐lbs.
CAUTION
DO NOT overtighten locknut when installing it onto pilot valve stem. Damage to
the plastic manifold may occur.

WARNING
Ensure that hoses behind control panel DO NOT contact cooling fan after control
panel reinstallation.
20. Plug power cord in and turn concentrator ON (I) to ensure proper operation.
22. If any difficulties are encountered in this installation, contact Invacare Technical
Service at (800) 832‐4707.
DETAIL “A” Manifold

Opening
O-Ring
Air Flow Passage
Platinum 5 and XL Models

Spade Connectors attach here Locknut
NOTE: DO NOT
(Leave Wire Connectors Intact)
Coil disassemble.
Pilot Valve
Stem Slotted
Pilot Valve Poppet
Valve Body
Stem (Reference)
Tapered
Yoke
End
New O-Ring
Label Manifold
Opening
Manifold
Platinum 10 Models NOTE: DO NOT disassemble.
Slotted Locknut
Poppet (hidden
Valve Body from view)
(Reference) Tapered
End
Coil
O-Ring Pilot Valve

Stem
Manifold Opening
FIGURE 20.5 Replacing Pilot Valve Poppets and O-Rings

SECTION 21—PURITY INDICATORS
SensO2 Alarm Indicators
DANGER
Operation
The Platinum with SensO2 Concentrator is equipped with an oxygen purity indicator.
This feature monitors the purity level of the oxygen generated by the concentrator. If
purity falls below alarm thresholds, indicator lights on the control panel will illuminate.
NOTE: Concentrator may be used during the initial start warm‐up time (approximately 30
minutes) while waiting for the O2 purity to reach maximum.
When the unit is turned on, the GREEN light will come on (SYSTEM OK/O2 greater than
85%). After five minutes, the oxygen sensor will be operating normally and will control
the indicator lights depending on oxygen concentration values. The explanation of the
indicator light functions are as follows:
Indicator Lights
NOTE: Indicator lights are visible only when lit.
GREEN light (O2) ‐ Normal Operation.
YELLOW light ( )‐ Call supplier IMMEDIATELY. You may continue to use the
concentrator unless instructed otherwise by your supplier. Be certain that backup oxygen
is nearby.
RED light ( )‐ Total unit shutdown. Switch IMMEDIATELY to backup oxygen supply.
Call supplier IMMEDIATELY.
GREEN light ‐ with YELLOW light flashing ‐ Call supplier IMMEDIATELY. Oxygen
sensor malfunctioning; you may continue to use the concentrator.
OXYGEN PURITY
Auto Shut - Down RED
Use Backup Call
Supplier
Below Normal YELLOW
Normal GREEN
FIGURE 21.1 Indicator Lights

Indicators - If your unit does not feature the O2 Sensor
LX Models Indicator Light Explanation

RED light ( )‐ Total Unit Shut‐Down. Switch IMMEDIATELY to a back‐up oxygen
supply. Call Supplier IMMEDIATELY.
GREEN light ( I/O) ‐ ON/OFF. System okay.
Auto Shut - Down RED
Call Supplier
Normal I/O GREEN
FIGURE 21.2 Display Control Panel

SECTION 22—TIMING
SECTION 22—TIMING
Timing the Platinum 5, XL, and 10 Concentrators

DANGER
Use extreme care when making adjustments to the timing switch. DO NOT allow
screwdriver or your hands to contact the P.C. Board when unit is plugged in and/or
on. Turn unit off and unplug before adjusting timing switch. Electrical shock is
possible.
To accommodate the varying tolerances when replacing components, an adjustable timer
is used to control the shift time of the pressure equalization (P.E.) valve. The SensO2 board
allows for automatic (microprocessor controlled) adjustments of the P.E. shift times. Non‐
SensO2 boards allow for manual adjustment.

Autotuning
1. Turn power off (/O) and unplug the unit.
3. Plug the unit in and turn the power on (I) .
4. Wait for the main valve shift to indicate one of the following:
• If the board is new, the front panel RED indicator light will slowly blink, indicating
autotune has initiated.
• If the board is used and has performed autotuning before, press and release the
small push button switch near the pressure sensor.
• The front panel RED indicator light will slowly blink, indicating the unit is
autotuning and automatically adjusting the P.E. valve timing.
5. Set the output flow to 5.0 L/min. for 5 liter models and 10 L/min. for 10 liter model
during autotuning.
6. The GREEN (onboard) diagnostic light will flash the current value of the P.E. valve
timing number.
7. Place the cover back on the unit but DO NOT install the cover screws. Let the unit run
until autotuning is completed.
8. When autotuning is complete, the RED front panel indicator light will change from a
slow blinking to a flashing of the final P.E. valve timing number.

SECTION 22—TIMING
9. Turn the unit off and then back on. The timing value is stored in memory for future
use.
10. If the unit is turned off before an autotune cycle is completed, the P.E. valve timing
will not be stored or updated. If the board is new, autotuning MUST be successfully
completed before the unit can be placed into service.
11. After a successful autotune, run the unit for 30 minutes and verify that the oxygen
concentration output of the unit is within specification.
12. If the oxygen output concentration is not within specification, rerun the autotune
again.
13. Reinstall the cover screws.
P.C. Board
Pressure Sensor
Autotune
Push Button
Switch
FIGURE 22.1 Autotuning

SECTION 22—TIMING
Manual Tuning
1. Turn power off (/O) and unplug the unit.
3. Plug unit in but DO NOT turn on (I) until instructed to below.
4. Locate the timing switch on the upper right corner of the P.C. board near the pressure
sensor.
5. Insert a small common or flathead screwdriver into the adjustment screw of the timing
switch.
6. Set the timing switch initially at the number “7” position.
7. Turn unit on (I) and wait 15 minutes for unit to stabilize.
8. If after 15 minutes of run time the concentration is below specification, change setting
to a number one position lower than the previous setting.
9. Let unit run ten minutes. If concentration is lower still, change the switch to number
two positions higher.
NOTE: You will find that the concentrator will perform better at either the higher or lower setting.
The normal adjustment range is between timing positions 3 and A.
10. Continue to change setting one step at a time (up or down) until the concentration is
the highest value achievable.
11. Once concentration has reached specification, retiming is complete.
P.C. Board
Timing
Switch Adjustment
Screw
Pressure
Sensor
FIGURE 22.2 Manual Tuning

SECTION 23—LEAK TEST

DANGER
Leak Test
1. Unplug unit.
3. Plug in unit.
4. Turn the concentrator on ( I/).
5. Let concentrator run for 20 minutes.
WARNING
Apply small amount of leak test solution to fittings only. Avoid all other
components. DO NOT leak test 4-way valve body. Carefully leak test for pressure
leaks around sieve bed hoses at 4-way valve. DO NOT allow leak test solution to
enter into 4-way valve and system.
6. With ʺleak‐test” solution or equivalent soapy water, leak test the following:
A. The two (2) sieve bed hoses at the top of 4‐way valve and hose to bottom center
port on 4‐way valve (Detail “A”).
NOTE: Refer to Preventive Maintenance on page 26 for maintenance of heat exchanger and
filters.
B. Hose connections to top and bottom fittings of sieve beds.
C. P.E. valve hose connections on top of sieve beds (Detail “B”).
D. Hose fittings at product tank cap and check valves (Detail “B”).
E. The front and rear fittings on heat exchanger (Detail “C”).
7. Replace any tubing that appears cracked, worn, etc.
9. Refer to Typical Product Parameters on page 9 for concentration levels. If low
concentrations are observed, refer to Troubleshooting on page 17.

DETAIL “A” - 4-WAY VALVE HOSES
4-Way Valve Sieve Bed Hoses to 4-

way Valve (STEP 6a)
Platinum 5 with Canister Muffler
Hose fitting on Bottom Center Port

of 4-way Valve (Located BEHIND
Exhaust Tubing)(STEP 6a)
Exhaust Tubing 4-Way Valve
Platinum 5, XL, and 10 with Y-Tube Muffler
4-Way Valve
Sieve Bed Hoses to 4-
way Valve (STEP 6a)
Hose fitting on Bottom Center Port

of 4-way Valve (Located BEHIND
Exhaust Tubing)(STEP 6b)
DETAIL “B” - SIEVE BED P.E. Valve Fittings Hose

AND PRODUCT TANK (STEP 6c) Connections
HOSES
to Top Fittings
of Sieve Beds
(STEP 6b)
Product Tank Cap

(Check all hoses/valves
Check Valve
attached)(STEP 6d) Sieve Beds Tubing (STEP 6d)
Hose Connections to Bottom

Fittings of Sieve Beds (STEP 6b)
DETAIL “C” - HEAT

EXCHANGER HOSES Heat Exchanger (Typical) Hose
Connections (STEPS 6d)
NOTE: New heat exchanger
does NOT have fins.
Front and Rear Fittings (STEP 6e)
FIGURE 23.1 Leak Test - Heat Exchanger Hoses

SECTION 24—ALARM TEST
SECTION 24— ALARM TEST
Alarm and Sensor Tests

DANGER
Check alarms periodically for proper function.
Power Loss Alarm

With the unit running, remove the line cord from power source. The power loss alarm
mode should sound the audible alarm IMMEDIATELY or within 30 seconds.
NOTE: With the unit unplugged and inoperable for a short period of time, the battery free circuit
will be drained. If power failure alarm does not sound with unit unplugged and power switch on,
the battery free circuit is drained. It will recharge when unit is plugged in and switched on.
Low Pressure Test

1. There are two separate failure modes for Low Pressure:
• Low product tank pressure. (Pressure in tank drops below a preset value, typically
7 p.s.i for 5 liter and 14 p.s.i for 10 liter).
• Failure to reach the set point pressure within a prescribed time limit, or Timeout
Failure.
Test One
1. With unit running, set flow at maximum rating.
2. When the main valve switches, pull the stem on the compressor relief valve out as far
as it will go and hold it.
3. The low pressure alarm should activate within 30 seconds. Refer to SensO2 Alarm
Threshold on page 94 for shutdown mode.
Test Two
2. Remove the pressure sensor tubing (tie‐wrap) from the top of the product tank (not
shown).

4. Replace tubing and tie wrap.
Time-Out Test
1. With unit off (/O), disconnect the compressor connector from the main wiring harness.
2. Plug unit in and turn power on ( I/).
3. The Time‐Out Failure alarm should activate within 40 seconds. Refer to SensO2 Alarm
NOTE: If any alarm fails to perform to specification, contact Invacare Technical Service.
Relief Valve (Pull Out

Compressor
Stem to Simulate Leak)
Compressor Connector
(Disconnect from Harness)
FIGURE 24.1 Low Pressure Test - Time-Out Test
High Pressure Test

• High Pressure ‐ Occurs when pressure in product tank rises beyond a preset value,
typically 23 p.s.i. ± 1 p.s.i. for 5 liter and 27 p.s.i. ± 1 p.s.i. for 10 liter.
• Main Valve Coil ‐ Alarm sequence occurs when the main valve coil, connection or
P.C. board circuitry has failed.
1. With the unit running and flow set at 5 L/min., remove one orange wire from the main
valve coil.
2. The main valve coil alarm should activate within 40 seconds. Refer to SensO2 Alarm
Threshold on page 94 for shutdown mode (FIGURE 24.2).

Main Valve DETAIL “A” - PLATINUM 5 DETAIL “B” - PLATINUM XL

Coil AND PLATINUM10
Orange Wires
(Only one wire Orange
needs to be Wire
removed)
FIGURE 24.2 High Pressure Test
Oxygen Sensor
Alarm sequence occurs when concentration levels fall below a preset value, typically 73%
± 3% or 85% ± 2%. This failure indicates a catastrophic failure of any component
mechanical or electrical.
1. Turn unit on ( I/). Set output flow at 5 L/min for 5 liter units and 10 L/min. for 10 liter
units.
2. Monitor the O2 level.
3. With the O2 level greater than 85% after five minutes, the GREEN panel indicator light
will remain illuminated.
4. Slowly adjust flow beyond maximum rated flow until you can achieve a concentration
level greater than 75% but less than 84%. Within 30 minutes the YELLOW panel
indicator light will illuminate and the unit will continue to run.
5. Clamp off the 1/8‐inch oxygen sensor tubing between the oxygen sensor and the
product tank regulator.
WARNING
Use care not to cut oxygen sensor tubing when clamping the oxygen sensor tubing.
6. Within 30 minutes, the Oxygen Sensor Alarm should activate and the RED panel light
indicator will illuminate. The compressor will shut down with the alarm.

1/8-inch I.D. Oxygen Sensor Tubing

(Clamp Off Flow)
RED light
YELLOW light
(5LXO2 and
10LXO2 only)
GREEN light
FIGURE 24.3 Oxygen Sensor
SENSO2 ALARM THRESHOLD
LABEL STATUS INDICATOR LIGHTS

SYMBOL
O2 O2 over 85% (± 2%)
O2 Between 73% (± 3%) YELLOW Indicator light

to 85% (±2%) A. YELLOW Solid
O2 Below 73% (±3%) Continuous Audible Alarm Sieve-GARD™Compressor
Shutdown
P.E. Valve Coil Test

NOTE: P.E. Valve Coil ‐ Alarm sequence occurs when the P.E. Valve Coil, connection or P.C.
Board Circuitry has failed.
1. With the unit running and flow set at 5 L/min., remove one YELLOW wire from the
P.E. valve coil. The P.E. valve coil alarm should activate within 10 seconds.

NOTE: If problems arise during test, contact Invacare Technical Service for further assistance.
P.E. Valve Coil
Yellow Wires
FIGURE 24.4 P.E. Valve Coil Test

Use the chart in Preventive Maintenance on page 30 to record date and number of hours
when preventive maintenance was performed on the concentrator, or any repairs made.

SECTION 25—SIEVE BED PRESSURE CHECK
SECTION 25— SIEVE BED PRESSURE

CHECK
Installing the Sieve Bed Pressure Tap-In Kit Installation

and Checking Bed Pressure
DANGER
Disassembly
1. Turn power off (/O ) and unplug unit.
3. Turn unit so the back faces you.
4. Loosen and lower the adjustable clamp on the product tank.
5. Pull product tank up and back to access the check valve PVC tubing.
6. Locate the check valve and PVC tubing to your right.
7. Cut the PVC tubing below the check valve in half.
Check Valve
Cut PVC Tubing below

Check Valve to install
Tap-in Kit
Adjustable Clamp
Product Tank
FIGURE 25.1 Disassembly

Installation
1. Insert the ʺTʺ fitting into the ends of the PVC tubing.
2. Secure ¼‐inch clamps to each end of the PVC tubing “T” fitting connection.
3. Attach the ¼ x 2‐inch silicone tubing to the new “T” fitting and secure with a ¼‐inch
clamp.
4. Insert plug into the open end of the ¼ x 2‐inch silicone tubing.
5. Secure with a ¼‐inch clamp.
¼-inch Clamp
“T” Fitting
PVC ¼ x 2-inch
Tubing Silicone Tubing
Plug
¼-inch Clamp
FIGURE 25.2 Installation
Pressure Testing
1. Remove plug and connect pressure gauge to the ¼ x 2‐inch silicone tubing and secure
with a ¼‐inch clamp.
2. Check each connection to make sure it is tight.
3. Turn the concentrator On ( I/) .
NOTE: Adjust the concentrator to MAXIMUM Rated liter flow (5 L/min. for 5 liter models and
10 L/min. for 10 liter models)
NOTE: Wait approximately five (5) minutes to allow system pressures to achieve proper
equilibrium before testing.
4. The pressure in the concentrator should rise within 20 seconds to 21 p.s.i.g. ± 0.3 for 5
liter models (25 p.s.i.g. for 10 liter models) and shift the 4‐way valve to the opposite
sieve bed.
5. After the 4‐way valve shift, the pressure in the concentrator will drop to 14 p.s.i.g. ± 2
before rising within 20 seconds to 21 p.s.i.g. ± 0.3 for 5 liter models (25 p.s.i.g. for 10
liter models) and shift the 4‐way valve to the opposite sieve bed.
6. If pressure reading is 21 p.s.i.g. ± 0.3 for 5 liter models (25 p.s.i.g. for 10 liter models)
when both valve shifts are made, proceed to STEP 8.

7. If pressure in the concentrator does not fall into the specifications listed above, refer
to Troubleshooting on page 17.
8. Turn the concentrator off (O).
9. Unclamp the pressure gauge and remove it from the ʺTʺ fitting.
¼-inch Clamp
(STEP 1)
Pressure
Gauge
Product
Adjustable
Tank
Clamp
FIGURE 25.3 Pressure Testing
After Testing
1. Insert ¼‐inch plug and ¼ x 2‐inch silicone tubing onto the ʺTʺ fitting and secure with
¼‐inch clamp.
¼-inch Plug
¼-inch Clamp
FIGURE 25.4 After Testing

LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY
NOTE: THE WARRANTY BELOW HAS BEEN DRAFTED TO COMPLY WITH FEDERAL
LAW APPLICABLE TO PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AFTER JULY 4, 1975.
This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser who purchases this product when new
and unused from Invacare Corporation or a dealer. This warranty is not extended to any other
person or entity and is not transferable or assignable to any subsequent purchaser or owner.
Coverage under this warranty will end upon any such subsequent sale or other transfer of title
to any other person. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other
legal rights which may vary from state to state.
Invacare Corporation warrants its Platinum XL Oxygen Concentrators when purchased new
and unused to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of five (5) years
from date of purchase from Invacare or a dealer, with a copy of the seller’s invoice required for
coverage under this warranty.
Invacare Corporation warrants its Platinum 10 Oxygen Concentrators when purchased new
and unused to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three (3) years
from date of purchase from Invacare or a dealer, with a copy of the seller’s invoice required for
DO NOT OPEN OR ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE 4-WAY VALVE BODY. This will void any
and all warranty applicable to the valve body. If within such warranty periods any such product
shall be proven to Invacare Corporation's satisfaction to be defective, such product shall be
repaired or replaced, at Invacare Corporation's option. This warranty only applies to the labor
for repairs performed by the Invacare Service Department or Invacare Authorized Service
Centers. It does not apply to the labor performed by the purchaser or user. This warranty does
not include normal wear and tear or shipping charges. Invacare Corporation's sole obligation
and your exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be limited to such repair or replacement.
Routine maintenance items, such as filters, are excluded from this warranty.
For warranty service, please contact Invacare Corporation's Service Department at the toll
free number on the back cover. Upon receiving notice of an alleged defect in a product,
Invacare Corporation will issue a serialized return authorization. It shall then be the
responsibility of the purchaser to return the entire unit or remove, at purchaser's cost, the
defective component part(s) identified, pack the component part(s) in a manner to avoid
shipping damage and to ship the component part(s) to either Invacare Corporation's plant or
service center as specified by Invacare Corporation in advance. Defective component part(s)
MUST be returned for warranty inspection using the serial number as identification within
thirty (30) days of return authorization date. DO NOT return products to our factory without
prior consent. C.O.D. shipments will be refused; please prepay shipping charges.
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY
TO PRODUCTS SUBJECTED TO NEGLIGENCE, ACCIDENT, IMPROPER OPERATION,
MAINTENANCE OR STORAGE, SOOT OR SMOKE-FILLED ENVIRONMENTS, OR OTHER
THAN NORMAL APPLICATION, USE OR SERVICE, OR TO PRODUCTS MODIFIED
WITHOUT INVACARE CORPORATION'S EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MODIFICATION THROUGH THE USE OF UNAUTHORIZED
PARTS OR ATTACHMENTS) OR TO PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY REASON OF REPAIRS
MADE TO ANY COMPONENT WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC CONSENT OF INVACARE
CORPORATION OR TO PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND
INVACARE CORPORATION'S CONTROL.

THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER
WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, AND THE SOLE REMEDY FOR VIOLATIONS OF ANY WARRANTY
WHATSOEVER, SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE
PRODUCT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN. THE APPLICATION OF
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY WHATSOEVER SHALL NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE
DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY PROVIDED HEREIN. INVACARE SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE, OR LIMITATION OF HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY
LASTS, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE EXTENDED TO COMPLY WITH STATE/PROVINCIAL
LAWS AND REQUIREMENTS.
Invacare Corporation www.invacare.com

USA Canada All rights reserved. Trademarks are
One Invacare Way 570 Matheson Blvd E Unit 8 identified by ™ and ®.
Elyria, Ohio USA Mississauga Ontario All trademarks are owned by or licensed
44036-2125 L4Z 4G4 Canada to Invacare Corporation or its subsidiaries
800-333-6900 800-668-5324 unless otherwise noted.
Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont
Corp.
Torx is a registered trademark of Textron,
Inc.
© 2009 Invacare Corporation

Part No 1110538 Rev E - 04/09
Service Manual
Perfecto2™
Oxygen Concentrator
(HomeFill™ Compatible)
Model IRC5PO2 (Sensored)
Model IRC5P (Non-Sensored)
DEALER: Keep this manual. The procedures in this manual MUST be

performed by a qualified technician.

WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHOUT FIRST READING AND
UNDERSTANDING THIS MANUAL. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO UNDERSTAND
THE WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND INSTRUCTIONS, CONTACT INVACARE
TECHNICAL SERVICES BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO USE THIS EQUIPMENT -
OTHERWISE SERIOUS INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE MAY RESULT.
WARNING
Invacare products are specifically designed and manufactured for use in conjunction
with Invacare accessories. Accessories designed by other manufacturers have not
been tested by Invacare and are not recommended for use with Invacare products.
PERFECTO2 PARTS COMPATIBILITY

The Platinum concentrator and the Perfecto2 concentrator share many similar
components. However, there are some components that are NOT cross compatible
and they are specific to each model.
Parts that can be used for Perfecto2 repairs are listed in the Perfecto2 parts catalog,
form number 93_038. Please reference this catalog before replacing any parts. Use
of incorrect parts could result in injury or property damage.
Perfecto2™ 2 Part No 1148070

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL NOTES ................................................................................ 6
FEATURES ........................................................................................ 7
SECTION 7—IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS .......................................... 10
Important Safeguards ...............................................................................................................................10
Radio Frequency Interference ...............................................................................................................11
To Reduce The Risk Of Burns, Electrocution, Fire Or Injury To Persons.................................11
SECTION 8—INSTALLATION/SEQUENCE OF OPERATION .................. 12
Verification of Battery Free Power Loss Alarm ................................................................................12
Sequence of Operation ...........................................................................................................................12
SensO2 Oxygen Sensor Technology - Ceramic Zirconia Sensor .................................................13
Technical Description .........................................................................................................................13
Operating Sequence ............................................................................................................................13
SECTION 9—PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM ............................................... 15
SECTION 10—TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................. 16
SECTION 11—CABINET ................................................................... 24
Removing Cabinet ....................................................................................................................................24
SECTION 12—PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ..................................... 25
Cleaning the Cabinet Filter ....................................................................................................................25
Replacing the Outlet HEPA Filter.........................................................................................................26
Check the Outlet HEPA Filter..........................................................................................................26
Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter .......................................................................................................26
Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA Filter ....................................................................................27
Replacing the Muffler Assembly ............................................................................................................27
Cleaning the Heat Exchanger.................................................................................................................29
SECTION 13—COMPRESSOR ............................................................ 32
Replacing Compressor Assembly .........................................................................................................32
Replacing Capacitor .................................................................................................................................34
Rebuilding the Thomas Model 2660 Compressor............................................................................35
Removing Compressor and Compressor Heads .........................................................................36
Rebuilding the Compressor...............................................................................................................39
SECTION 14—P.E. VALVE ................................................................ 43
Replacing P.E. Valve..................................................................................................................................43
SECTION 15—SIEVE BEDS ................................................................ 45
Replacing Sieve Beds ................................................................................................................................45
Part No 1148070 3 Perfecto2™

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 16—CHECK VALVES ......................................................... 47
Replacing Check Valves...........................................................................................................................47
SECTION 17—REGULATOR .............................................................. 49
Replacing Regulator..................................................................................................................................49
Adjusting Regulator..................................................................................................................................50
SECTION 18—HEAT EXCHANGER ASSEMBLY .................................. 52
Replacing Heat Exchanger Assembly ...................................................................................................52
SECTION 19—CONTROL PANEL ...................................................... 54
Removing Control Panel.........................................................................................................................54
SECTION 20—COOLING FAN ........................................................... 56
Replacing Cooling Fan .............................................................................................................................56
SECTION 21—P.C. BOARD .............................................................. 59
Replacing P.C. Board................................................................................................................................59
SECTION 22—TRANSFORMER ......................................................... 62
Replacing the Transformer.....................................................................................................................62
SECTION 23—ON/OFF SWITCH ......................................................... 63
Replacing On/Off Switch.........................................................................................................................63
SECTION 24—FLOWMETER .............................................................. 64
Replacing Flowmeter ...............................................................................................................................64
SECTION 25—HOUR METER ............................................................ 65
Replacing Hour Meter .............................................................................................................................65
SECTION 26— 4-WAY VALVE/MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY ........................ 66
Replacing 4-Way Valve and/or Manifold Assembly...........................................................................66
Replacing Pilot Valve Poppets and O-Rings........................................................................................69
SECTION 27—PURITY INDICATORS ................................................ 72
SensO2 Alarm Indicators ........................................................................................................................72
Operation ..............................................................................................................................................72
Indicator Lights .....................................................................................................................................72
LX Models Indicator Light Explanation...........................................................................................72
SECTION 28—TIMING ..................................................................... 74
Autotuning .............................................................................................................................................74
Manual Tuning.......................................................................................................................................76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 29—LEAK TEST ................................................................ 77
Leak Test ....................................................................................................................................................77
4 Way Valve Function Test ....................................................................................................................79
SECTION 30— ALARM TEST ............................................................ 81
Alarm and Sensor Tests..........................................................................................................................81
Power Loss Alarm ...............................................................................................................................81
Low Pressure Test...............................................................................................................................81
Time-Out Test......................................................................................................................................82
High Pressure Test ..............................................................................................................................82
Oxygen Sensor .....................................................................................................................................83
P.E. Valve Coil Test .............................................................................................................................85
SECTION 31— SIEVE BED PRESSURE CHECK ..................................... 87
Checking Sieve Bed Pressure.................................................................................................................87
Disassembly ...........................................................................................................................................87
Pressure Testing...................................................................................................................................87

SPECIAL NOTES
SPECIAL NOTES
could result in personal injury or property damage. Refer to the table below for
SIGNAL WORD MEANING

Danger indicates an imminently hazardous situation which,
DANGER
if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
WARNING
not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
CAUTION
not avoided, may result in property damage.
NOTICE
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
DANGER
DO NOT SMOKE while using this device. Keep all matches, lighted cigarettes,
candles, or other sources of ignition out of the room in which this product is located
and away from where oxygen is being delivered.
NO SMOKING signs should be prominently displayed. Textiles and other materials
that normally would not burn are easily ignited and burn with great intensity in oxy-
gen enriched air. Failure to observe this warning can result in severe fire, property
damage and cause physical injury or death.

FEATURES
FEATURES
FRONT VIEW
Oxygen Purity Indicator

Oxygen Outlet
Lights / Fault and Power
Indicator Lights
(SensO2 Model Only)
Flowmeter
Circuit Breaker
Power Switch
Hour
Meter
ACCESSORIES (NOT SHOWN):

PreciseRX™ Pediatric Humidifier/Flowmeter Accessory - IRCPF16
HomeFill home oxygen compressor - IOH200
*NOTE: This outlet fitting is to be used only

for filling oxygen cylinders with the HomeFill
home oxygen compressor. The outlet fitting
does not affect concentrator performance.
Refer to the HomeFill ownerʹs manual, part
number 1100873, for connection and
operating instructions. When not in use, the
plug provided with the concentrator should be
inserted into the outlet fitting. For more
information about the HomeFill, contact your
Invacare dealer.
Outlet Fitting*
Power Cord


Electrical Requirements: 120 VAC ± 10% (132 VAC/108 VAC), 60 Hz
Rated Current Input: Perfecto2 5: 3 A
Sound Level: Perfecto2 5: 44 ± 2 dBA Average
Altitude: Perfecto2 5 - Up to 6,000 ft. (1828 meters) above sea level with-
out degradation of concentration levels. From 6,000 ft. (1828
meters) to 13,129 ft. (4000 meters) below 90% efficiency.
*Oxygen Output All IRC5PO2/IRC5P models 95.6% to 87% at 0.5 to 5 L/min
Concentration Levels:
Maximum Outlet Pressure: Perfecto2 5: 5 psi ± 0.5 psi. (34.5 kPa ± 3.45 kPa.)
Flow Range: Perfecto2 5 - 0.5 to 5 L/min

For flowrates less than 1 L/min, we recommend the use of the
Invacare Pediatric Flowmeter IRCPF16 Accessory.
Low Flow Alarm: Perfecto2 5 - 0 L/min to 0.5 L/min
Rapid Audible Alarm Beeping (No Accessories Connected).
Average Power Perfecto2 5: 280 W (Operating @ 3 L/min)
Consumption:
Pressure Relief Mechanism Operational at: 35 psi ± 3.5 psi (241 kPa ± 24.1 kPa)
Change in maximum recommended flow 0.7 L/min
when back pressure of 7kPa is applied:
Filters: Cabinet, Outlet HEPA and Compressor Inlet
Safety System: Current overload or line surge shutdown. High temperature
compressor shutdown. High Pressure Alarm w/compressor shut-
down. Low Pressure Alarm w/compressor shutdown. Battery
Free Power Loss Alarm. SensO2 Oxygen System (SensO2 Model)
Low Flow Alarm.
Width: 15 in. ± 3/8 in (38.1 cm ± 1 cm)
Height: 23 in. ± 3/8 in (58.4 cm ± 1 cm)
Depth: 12 in. ± 3/8 in (30.5 cm ± 1 cm)
Weight: Perfecto2 5: 43 lbs ± 2 lbs (19.5 kg ± 1 kg)
Shipping Weight: Perfecto2 5: 48 lbs ± 2 lbs (21.8 kg ± 1 kg)
Operating Ambient 50°F - 95°F (10°C - 35°C) at 20-60% relative humidity

Temperature:
Exhaust: Perfecto2 5: Less than Ambient
+ 35°F (+19°C).
Oxygen Output: Perfecto2 5: Less than Ambient + 6°F (+3°C)
Cabinet: Impact Resistant flame-retardant plastic cabinet that conforms to

UL 94-V0.
Regulatory Listing: Double Insulated Product ETL certified complying with UL 1097
ETL certified to CSA C22.2 No. 68.

Electrical: No extension cords.

Placement: No closer than three inches from any wall, furniture, draperies,
or similar surfaces.
Tubing: 7 ft cannula with a maximum 50 ft of Crush-Proof Tubing (DO
NOT pinch).
Relative Humidity: 20 to 60%
Time of Operation: Up to 24 hours per day.
Recommended Storage and Shipping Temper- -20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 65°C), at 15-95% relative humidity.
ature:
*NOTE: Stated concentration levels achieved after initial warm-up period (approximately 30
minutes).
IRC5PO2 INDICATORS
LABEL O2 PURITY INDICATOR LIGHTS

SYMBOL (LED)
O2 O2 over 85% (± 2%)

B. YELLOW Flashing Sensor
Failure
SYSTEM FAILURE RED Indicator Light
O2 Below 73% (±3%) Continuous Audible Alarm
Sieve-GARD Compressor Shut-
down.
IRC5P INDICATORS

SYMBOL (LED)
I/O
Continuous Audible Alarm
Sieve-GARD™Compressor
Shutdown

SAFEGUARDS
Important Safeguards
In order to ensure the safe installation, assembly and operation of the Perfecto2
concentrator these instructions MUST be followed.
CAUTION
“Caution: Federal law restricts this device to sale or rental by or on order of a physician,
or any other practitioner licensed by the law of the State in which he/she practices to use
or order the use of this device.”
DANGER
The use of oxygen therapy requires that special care be taken to reduce the risk of fire.
Any materials that will burn in air, and some that will not, are easily ignited and burn
rapidly in high concentrations of oxygen. For safety concerns, it is necessary that all
sources of ignition be kept away from the product and out of the room in which it is being
used. NO SMOKING signs should be prominently displayed.
WARNING
A spontaneous and violent ignition may occur if oil, grease or greasy substances come in
contact with oxygen under pressure. These substances MUST be kept away from the
oxygen concentrator, tubing and connections, and all other oxygen equipment. DO NOT
use any lubricants unless recommended by Invacare.
For optimum performance, Invacare recommends that each concentrator be on and
running for a minimum of 30 minutes at a time. Shorter periods of operation may reduce
maximum product life.
If the concentrator has a damaged cord or plug, if it is not working properly, if it has been
dropped or damaged, or dropped into water, call qualified technician for examination
and repair.
Keep the oxygen tubing, cord, and unit away from heated or hot surfaces, including space
heaters, blankets, stoves and similar electrical appliances.
DO NOT move or relocate concentrator by pulling on the cord.
NEVER drop or insert any object into any opening.
NEVER block the air openings of the product or place it on a soft surface, such as a bed
or couch, where the air opening may be blocked. Keep the openings free from lint, hair
and the like. Fill humidifier with water to the level shown by the manufacturer. DO NOT
overfill.
Keep unit at least three inches away from walls, draperies, furniture, and the like.

WARNING
Invacare recommends that Crush-Proof oxygen tubing be used with this product and not
exceed 50 ft. (15.2m) in length.

Most electronic equipment is influenced by Radio Frequency Interference (RFI). Caution
should be exercised with regard to the use of portable communications equipment in the
area around such equipment.
To Reduce The Risk Of Burns, Electrocution, Fire Or Injury

To Persons.
DO NOT come in contact with the concentrator while wet.
DO NOT place or store product where it can drop into water or other liquid.
A product should NEVER be left unattended when plugged in.
Use this product for only intended use as described in this manual.
Use of some administration accessories or certain humidifiers not specified for use with
oxygen concentrator may impair the performance.
This equipment is to be used as an oxygen supplement and is not considered life
supporting or life sustaining.
Avoid creation of any spark near medical oxygen equipment. This includes sparks from
static electricity created by any type of friction.

SECTION 8—INSTALLATION/
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
Verification of Battery Free Power Loss Alarm

Check the Perfecto2 concentrator for proper operating conditions.
1. If the unit has been in below-freezing temperatures, allow it to warm up to room
temperature before operating.
2. The concentrator may need to be turned on for four to five seconds to charge the
Battery Free Power Loss Alarm. Connect power cord to outlet and turn the
concentrator on. Turn flow control knob counterclockwise and flow will begin
IMMEDIATELY. Set flow rate to five L/min. Let the unit run for 30 minutes, then turn
unit off.
3. Unplug the power cord and press On/Off ( I/O ) switch to the On (I/) position. An
intermittent audible alarm will sound. This confirms proper operation of the Battery
Free Power Loss Alarm. Turn On/Off switch Off (O ).
4. Connect power cord to outlet and turn on concentrator. Unit will beep on start-up.
5. Check the oxygen concentration per specifications after 30-40 minutes running time.
Sequence of Operation
Turning On (I/) the power switch applies 120 VAC to the compressor motor, hour meter,
transformer, cooling fan and the printed circuit (P.C.) board.
Room air enters the compressor via the cabinet filter and the compressor inlet filter. The
air is compressed by the wobble pistons in the compressor to a pressure of 21 p.s.i. (144.79
kPa).
As increased pressure creates increased temperature, a heat exchanger is used to lower
the temperature before the air enters the 4-way valve. It is then channeled to a sieve bed
containing the adsorption material. Restriction downstream of the sieve bed causes
pressure to build up inside the sieve bed which is necessary for the adsorption process. A
small amount of relatively pure oxygen enters the top of the second bed through a
restrictive leak in the pressure equalization (P.E.) valve with the balance entering a storage
tank. The nitrogen removed is exhausted back from the bed through the 4-way valve into
room air. A muffler is located at the exhaust end of the valve to muffle the sound of the
exhaust as it exits the concentrator.
The oxygen not being used to exhaust is channeled into the storage tank. The pressurized
oxygen is regulated down to five p.s.i. (34.4 kPa), enters an accurate flow-measuring
device, flows through Outlet HEPA filter and check valve, then out to the patient.

The electrical activation of the 4-way Valve is accomplished every 8 to 15 seconds by the
pressure sensor and P.C. Board electronics when the pressure reaches a set point of 21
p.s.i. (144.79 kPa) output flows 4 L/min and above or 16 p.s.i. (110.32 kPa) output flows 3
L/min and below. The time between cycles is dependent on altitude, flow rate and internal
environmental factors.
A P.E. valve opens just prior to the shift of the 4-way valve. This allows highly
concentrated oxygen to enter the just exhausted bed from the top. This additional
pressure allows the bed to start its cycle at a higher pressure. The P.E. valve will close just
after the shift of the 4-way valve.
If main power is lost, the Battery Free Power Loss Alarm will sound a short ʺBEEPʺ, with
a long pause after. All units are equipped with a diagnostic alarm system that signals if
the pneumatic pressure or electrical systems malfunction. The troubleshooting guide in
this manual explains the alarm system signals and reasons, in detail. Refer to
SensO2 Oxygen Sensor Technology - Ceramic Zirconia

Sensor
Technical Description
The oxygen being produced by the concentrator flows out of the product tank and into
the flowmeter. A small flow of oxygen produced by the unit is sent through a precision
orifice to the oxygen sensor mounted on the printed circuit board.
As the oxygen enters the sensor, it passes through a screen and contacts the sensing disk.
Electric current flowing through a metal film resistor heats the disk in excess of 300° C.
Oxygen molecules contact the electrode of the disk and pick-up extra electrons to become
oxygen ions. These oxygen ions are attracted to the electrode on the bottom of the zirconia
sensing disk. Because of the crystal structure of the zirconia, only oxygen ions can pass
through. When the oxygen ions reach the bottom electrode, the extra electrons are
released from the oxygen ions and oxygen molecules return to the air. The number of
electrons is directly related to the oxygen concentration. The electrons travel to the P.C.
board where they are counted and the oxygen concentration reading is calculated.
A microprocessor on the P.C. board contains software that interprets the signal being
received from the sensor. It compares the signal to clinically acceptable limits. Signals
outside of the clinically acceptable limits generate responses in the form of lights, audible
indicators, and/or system shut-down.
Operating Sequence
Once the power switch has been turned on (I/), the SensO2 circuit will wait five minutes
for the concentrator to begin producing clinically acceptable oxygen and the oxygen
sensor to stabilize. The GREEN light will illuminate (indicating normal system operation)
while the oxygen sensor is warming up.

After five minutes, if the oxygen purity exceeds 85% ± 2%, the GREEN light will continue
to illuminate.
If the oxygen level is not above 85% ± 2% after the first five minutes, the system will
continue to monitor the O2 and wait for a maximum of 30 minutes from start-up to reach
85% ± 2% before activating an alarm. Environmental factors such as low voltage, high
altitude, or age of the machine will affect the time required to reach 85% ± 2%.
If the oxygen level is not above 85% ± 2% within the first 30 minutes, the oxygen
concentration alarm sequence will activate and the unit will shut down.
When oxygen concentration is above 85% ± 2%, the sensor measures oxygen purity every
10 minutes. If a reading falls below 85% ± 2%, a YELLOW light will illuminate. If the
oxygen purity falls below 73% ± 3% the RED light/Alarm/Shut-Down mode will activate.

SECTION 9—PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
SECTION 9—PNEUMATIC
DIAGRAM
Perfecto2 Oxygen Concentrator
Ouput Output
HEPA Filter Check
Flowmeter Valve
Patient
Output
Pressure Oxygen Sensor

Regulator (SensO2 models Only)
Pressure Sensor
P.S.I. O2
Product P.C. Board

Tank
Check
Valves
Air Inlet
Cabinet
Filter
Compressor
Inlet Filter
Sieve Sieve
Bed P.E. Valve Bed
4-way
Compressor Valve
Solenoid
Pilot
Relief
Valve
Heat Exhaust
Muffler
LEGEND Pneumatic Connections Electrical Connections

Normal Operation: No Problems. System Okay.
RED: Off
GREEN: Off
Unit plugged in, power switch
on. Single beep on start up.
Power loss: No Problems. Battery Free Circuit drained. Plug in cord
Internal Status Indicators: and turn power switch ON (I/) to
RED: Off recharge.
GREEN: Off
Unit unplugged, power
switch on, alarm off.
Power loss: No power at outlet. Check electrical outlet with a table lamp
Internal Status Indicators: or voltmeter set on 50-200 VAC scale. If
RED: Off outlet isn't working, check protective
GREEN: Off device in home's electrical panel or consult
Unit plugged in, power switch an electrician. Also ensure that unit is
, alarm off, battery Free properly plugged in. DO NOT use
circuit drained. extension cords. Move to another outlet
or circuit.
Power cord:
a. Frayed. a. Reattach cord.
b. Broken or damaged spade. b. Replace power cord connectors on
plug.
c. Spade connector from power c. Reattach connector.
cord loose or disconnected
(inside back of unit).


Power Loss: On/Off ( I/O ) switch. Check all electrical connections to the
(Continued) a. Disconnected wire. ON/OFF ( I/O ) switch for any
Internal Status Indicators: disconnected wires.
RED: Off b. Faulty switch. If the concentrator does not come on at all
GREEN: Off and wiring is intact, color code and
Unit plugged in, power remove wires one at a time. Remove and
switch, alarm off. Battery replace with new one. Transfer wires from
Free circuit drained old switch to new switch one at a time to
the matching contact.
Circuit breaker tripped. Reset breaker.
NOTE: Breaker may trip to safeguard
concentrator during a power surge.
If breaker trips IMMEDIATELY, there is a
probable short in the unit. Check for
pinched or charred wires. If the breaker
does not trip, run unit for approximately
two hours. The circuit breaker should be
less than 10 ohms. If breaker trips again,
there is an internal problem. Contact
P.C. board.
a. P.C. board damaged. a. Replace P.C. Board. Refer to
b. Loose or damaged connector. b. Repair or replace connector.
Internal Power Transformer assembly.
Loss Senso2: a. Faulty. a. Replace. Refer to Replacing the
Internal Status Indicators: Transformer on page 62.
RED: Off b. Connector loose or b. Reattach connector.
GREEN: Off disconnected.
Alarm may or may not be on. c. Faulty wiring. c. Replace transformer assembly. Refer
Control Panel Indicators: to Replacing the Transformer on
RED: Off page 62.
YELLOW: Off P.C. board faulty. Replace P.C. board. Unit requires retiming
GREEN: Off after P.C. board replacement. Refer to
Fan operates, Compressor Replacing P.C. Board on page 59.
not operating.


High Pressure: P.C. board:
Internal Status Indicators: a. Malfunction a. Set flow to max L/min. for
concentrator. Check voltage across
RED: One Flash Pilot Valve 1 on 200 volt scale. If
GREEN: Two Flashes meter reads 0 volts when unit is
turned on, replace P.C. board
b. Disconnected wire. b. Check spade connectors on pilot
Unit plugged in, power switch
valves 1 or 2 and connectors on P.C.
on, continuous alarm. board.
Compressor shut down. c. Replace P.C. board. Unit requires
c. Shifting valve at pressures greater retiming after P.C. board
than 25 p.s.i. for Perfecto2. replacement. Refer to Replacing P.C.
Board on page 59.
4-way Valve:
a. Not shifting. a. Check voltage. If voltage rises to
approximately 24 volts D.C. when
unit shuts down, P.C. board is
functioning properly. Replace the
valve if shorted or open. Refer to
Replacing 4-Way Valve and/or
Manifold Assembly on page 66.
b. Bad coil.
b. Replace 4-way valve. Refer to
Replacing 4-Way Valve and/or
c. Coil resistance. c. Coil should read 80 ohm ± 10.


LOW PRESSURE: Compressor inlet filter dirty or Replace compressor inlet filter. Refer to
Internal Status Indicators: plugged. Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA
RED: One Flash Filter on page 27.
GREEN: One Flash Compressor:
Or a. Leaks at fittings or tubing a. Replace or repair.
RED: One Flash b. Leaking or defective relief valve. b. Repair leak or replace.
GREEN: Three Flashes c. Insufficient voltage at outlet. c. DO NOT use extension cords. Use
another outlet.
Control Panel Indicators: d. Worn cup seals or gaskets. d. Rebuild top end of compressor. Refer
RED: On to Rebuilding the Thomas Model
YELLOW: Off 2660 Compressor on page 35 or on
page 42.
GREEN: Off
Heat exchanger:
Unit plugged in, power switch a. Leak at tubing or body chamber. a. Replace or retighten.
on, continuous audible alarm. b. Inspect tubing and heat b. Replace or retighten tubing. Replace
exchanger. heat exchanger. Refer to Replacing
Compressor shut down
Heat Exchanger Assembly on
(Failure to cycle due to low page 52.
pressure).
Regulator cracked or leaking. Replace regulator. Refer to Replacing
P.E. valve leaking. Replace P.E. Valve. Check voltage at P.E.
valve connector on 24 volt D.C. scale. The
P.E. Valve activates or energizes
approximately one second prior to the
activation of the 4 way valve with
approximately 24 volts. If voltage is in
excess of 24 volts consistently, replace the
P.C. board. Refer to Replacing P.C. Board
on page 59. If the P.C. board voltage acts
normally, replace the P.E. valve. Refer to
Replacing P.E. Valve on page 43.
NOTE: Check for leaks starting at
the compressor output through all
the pneumatic connections. Major
leaks will cause system pressures to
remain below adequate shift
(exhaust) pressures and will cause
compressor shutdown.
Defective Parts: Defective main valve coil. a. Replace main valve.
Internal Status Indicators: b. Replace main valve coil.
RED: One Flash GREEN: Five Connector loose. Reattach connector.
Flashes Defective P.E. valve coil. (Resistance Replace P.E. coil if shorted or open on
Or 175 ohm’s ± 20.) resistance check. Refer to Replacing P.E.
RED: Two Flashes Valve on page 43.
GREEN: Three Flashes
Defective P.E. valve. Replace P.E. valve. Refer to Replacing P.E.
Valve on page 43.
RED: On
YELLOW: Off Connector loose. Reattach connector.
GREEN: Off Defective P.C. board. Replace P.C. board. Refer to Replacing
Unit plugged in, power switch P.C. Board on page 59.
on, continuous audible alarm.
Compressor shut down.


Unit not operating: Alarm: P.C. board Failure. Replace P.C. board.Refer to Replacing P.C.
On or Off Board on page 59.
RED: Two Flashes
GREEN: Four Flashes Or
RED: Two Flashes GREEN:
Five Flashes
Low Concentration: NOTE: Cabinet filters dirty. Clean or replace. Refer to Cleaning the
Check for O2 purity using a Cabinet Filter on page 25, Replacing the
calibrated Oxygen Analyzer Outlet HEPA Filter on page 26, and
at Test Point 1 (oxygen Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA
outlet) of the concentrator. Filter on page 27.
Compressor inlet filter dirty. Replace inlet filter. Refer to Replacing the
Internal Status Indicators: Compressor Inlet HEPA Filter on page 27.
RED: Two Flashes Compressor:
GREEN: One Flash73% a. Defective. a. Replace compressor. Refer to
Shutdown Control Panel Replacing Compressor Assembly on
Indicators: SensO2 ONLY: page 32.
RED: On b. Faulty capacitor. b. Replace capacitor. Refer to Replacing
YELLOW: Off Capacitor on page 34.
GREEN: Off c. Bad motor windings. c. Replace compressor.
d. Worn seals. d. Rebuild top end of compressor. Refer
For SensO2 units, the RED to Rebuilding the Thomas Model
indicator will signal extremely 2660 Compressor on page 35 or on
low purity and will be page 42.
accompanied by a continuous e. Bad bearings. e. Replace compressor.
audible alarm and a system f. Leak at fittings or tubing. f. Replace fittings or tubing.
shutdown. Repairs are g. Leaky or defective relief valve. g. Replace relief valve.
required. h. Insufficient voltage (outlet). h. DO NOT use extension cords.
Heat exchanger:
a. Leak at tubing or body chamber. a. Replace or retighten.
b. Inspect tubing and heat b. Replace or retighten tubing. Replace
exchanger. heat exchanger. Refer to Replacing
Heat Exchanger Assembly on
page 52.
Regulator cracked or leaking. Replace. Refer to Replacing Regulator on
page 49.
Exhaust muffler dirty or plugged. Replace. Refer to Replacing the Muffler
Assembly on page 27.
Fan:
a. Not operating. Unit overheating. a. Leads to fan disconnected.
Reconnect.
b. Faulty fan. b. Replace.Refer to Replacing Cooling
Fan on page 56.
Sieve beds defective. Replace. Refer to Installing the Sieve Bed
Pressure Tap-In Kit Installation and
Checking Bed Pressure on page 86.
Tubing kinked or blocked. Repair or replace.


Low Concentration P.C. board: Check pressure at product tank. Pressure
(Continued) a. Shifts at wrong pressures. should rise to 21 p.s.i. at shift point. If not,
replace P.C. Board. Refer to Replacing P.C.
Board on page 59.
Flowmeter:
a. Flowmeter opened beyond a. Return flow to maximum setting.
maximum flow rate.
b. Cracked or broken fitting. b. Replace fitting.
c. Input tubing leaking or loose. c. Repair or replace. Refer to Replacing
Timing. To accommodate for varying tolerances
when replacing components, an adjustable
timer is used to control the shifting of the
Pressure Equalization (P.E.) valve. Refer to
Timing on page 74.
P.E. valve:
a. Bad coil. a. Replace P.E. valve.
b. Restrictor blockage. b. Replace P.E. valve. Refer to Replacing
P.E. Valve on page 43.
Inspect P.C. board restrictor tubing Replace P.C. board. Unit may need
for kinks or tears. retiming after board replacement. Refer to
Fluctuating Flow: Regulator/Flowmeter:
a. Incorrectly set regulator. a. Check pressure at oxygen outlet.
b. Flowmeter malfunction. Adjust regulator.
b. If flow is still unstable, check for leaks
starting at the compressor outlet
fitting through all pneumatic
connections. If no leaks are found
and flow is still fluctuating, replace
the regulator. If pressure at test point
is within spec (5 p.s.i. ± 0.5 max.
[34.4 kPa ± 6.89]), replace
flowmeter. Refer to Replacing
Outlet HEPA filter:
a. Dirty or plugged a. If low flow conditions persist, replace
outlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing
the Outlet HEPA Filter on page 26.
Unit Excessively Loud: Pneumatic exhaust:
a. Muffler cracked, damaged or a. Replace. Refer to Replacing the
missing. Muffler Assembly on page 27.
b. Muffler tubing disconnected or b. Reconnect or replace tubing.
damaged.
Compressor inlet filter missing and/or a. Replace compressor inlet filter. Refer
orange sticker removed. to Replacing the Compressor Inlet
HEPA Filter on page 27.
Compressor removed. a. Replace Compressor. Refer to
page 32.
Incorrect style of inlet filter a. Replace with factory OEM sound
(aftermarket). reduced style inlet HEPA filter.


Unit Overheats: Base exhaust vent plugged or Place unit at least 3-inches from any wall.
restricted. DO NOT place unit on pile or shag car-
peting that may restrict air flow.
Cabinet filters dirty or blocked. Clean or replace. Refer to Cleaning the
Cabinet Filter on page 25.
Fan:
a. Leads to fan disconnected. a. Reconnect leads.
b. Defective fan. b. Replace fan. Refer to Rebuilding the
Thomas Model 2660 Compressor on
page 35.
c. Fan installed upside down. c. Install fan with air flow arrow pointing
down.
Heat exchanger:
a. Dirty or plugged. a. Clean heat exchanger.
b. Damaged. b. Replace heat exchanger. Refer to
Replacing Heat Exchanger Assembly
on page 52.
Compressor:
page 32.
b. Faulty capacitor. b. Replace capacitor. Refer to Replacing
Capacitor on page 34.
c. Bad motor windings. c. Replace compressor.
d. Worn seals. d. Replace compressor.
e. Bad bearings. e. Replace compressor.
Line voltage excessive (surge). Have line voltage inspected by certified
electrician. A voltage regulator may be
required and is obtainable from your local
electric company.
Oxygen Purity: P.C. board defective. Replace P.C. board. Refer to Replacing
Good P.C. Board on page 59. Unit may need
Internal Status Indicators: retiming after P.C. board replacement.
Control Panel Indicators: Refer to Timing on page 74.
RED: Off
YELLOW: On
GREEN: On
After 30 minutes of
run time, unit operates
normally, oxygen purity
within normal range.
GREEN or YELLOW panel
indicator should illuminate.
Unit Not Operating, Transformer assembly:
Internal Status Indicators: a. Assembly connector a. Reattach connector.
RED: Off disconnected.
GREEN: Off b. Faulty transformer assembly. b. Replace transformer assembly. Refer
Control Panel Indicators: to Replacing the Transformer on
RED: Off page 62.
YELLOW: Off
GREEN: Off
Power Switch ON.
Continuous audible alarm.


Unit Operating, Internal repairs required. Replace SensO2 circuit board. Refer to
Internal Status Indicators: Replacing P.C. Board on page 59.
RED: Three Flashes
GREEN: One Flash
RED: Off
YELLOW: Flashing
GREEN: On
Low-Flow Alarm does not System leak. Repair leak in product tank, regulator,
activate on flows less than 0.5 tubing, fittings, or flow meter.
L/min. Defective check valves. Replace check valves. Refer to Replacing
Check Valves on page 47.

SECTION 11—CABINET
SECTION 11—CABINET
Removing Cabinet
DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
2. Remove the four mounting screws that secure cabinet assembly to the base assembly.
3. Lift the cabinet straight up.
NOTE: When required, vacuum inside of the cabinet and exposed foam insulation.
4. To re-install cabinet, reverse STEPS 2-3.
L
Cabinet Assembly
Mounting
Screws
Mounting
Screws Base Assembly
FIGURE 11.1 Removing Cabinet

SECTION 12—PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE
DANGER
NOTE: The Perfecto2 Concentrators are specifically designed to minimize routine preventive
maintenance at intervals of once per year. In places with high dust or soot levels, maintenance may
need to be performed more often. The following MUST be performed at a minimum of one year in
service to assure years of additional reliability. Refer to Troubleshooting on page 16 for plugged
filter symptoms. Power should be disconnected before beginning preventive maintenance on the
Invacare concentrator.
Cleaning the Cabinet Filter

NOTE: There is one cabinet filter located on the back of the cabinet.
1. Remove the filter and clean at least once a week depending on environmental
conditions.
NOTE: Environmental conditions that may require more frequent cleaning of the filters include
but are not limited to: high dust, air pollutants, etc.
2. Clean the cabinet filter with a vacuum cleaner or wash in warm soapy water and rinse
thoroughly.
3. Dry the filter thoroughly before reinstallation.
CAUTION
DO NOT operate the concentrator without the filter installed.
FIGURE 12.1 Cleaning the Cabinet Filter

Replacing the Outlet HEPA Filter

Check the Outlet HEPA Filter
NOTE: The outlet HEPA filter can be checked by performing the following procedure.
1. Turn the concentrator on and adjust the flowmeter to the maximum flow of the unit.
2. Observe the flowmeterʹs flow indicator while connecting a fifty foot cannula tube to
the outlet barb of the concentrator (not shown).
3. If the flow indicator fluctuates, the outlet HEPA filter may need replacement. Refer to
Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter
1. Unplug the unit.
2. Remove the cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 24
3. For easier access to the outlet hepa filter, remove the compressor inlet hepa filter by
grasping the compressor inlet filter, pull outward and up until filter is dislodged from
rubber base (FIGURE 12.3).
4. With a flat head screwdriver, remove the tubing from both sides of the existing outlet
HEPA filter by prying the tubing away from the outlet HEPA filter.
5. Discard existing outlet HEPA filter.
6. Connect tubing to both sides of the new outlet HEPA filter as shown below.
Tubing
Outlet HEPA Filter
Tubing
FIGURE 12.2 Replace the Outlet HEPA Filter

Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA Filter

used in.
1. Unplug the unit.
2. Remove the filter access panel by pressing down on center tab and pulling panel out.
3. Grasp the compressor inlet HEPA filter, pull outward and up until filter is dislodged
from rubber base.
4. Discard the existing compressor inlet HEPA filter.
5. Install new compressor inlet filter by inserting the filter into the rubber base.
6. Push the filter down until the rubber base touches the edge of the filter.
7. Reinstall the filter access panel.
Compressor Inlet HEPA Filter
Center Tab
Filter Access
Panel
Rubber Base
FIGURE 12.3 Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA Filter
Replacing the Muffler Assembly

NOTE: The following should be performed at 20,000 hour intervals although these procedures can
be performed as needed depending upon the environment the concentrator is exposed to.
1. Unplug unit.
3. Cut tie wrap that secures the bottom of the manifold exhaust tube to the “F” tube.

4. Remove the bottom of the manifold exhaust tube from the “F” tube.
5. Disconnect and remove the top of the manifold exhaust tube from the grommet.
Top of Manifold
Exhaust Tube
Tie-Wrap
Rubber
Grommet
Bottom of Manifold
Exhaust Tube “F” Tube
FIGURE 12.4 Replacing the Muffler Assembly

6. Push the muffler assembly down through the opening in the sound box.
7. Cut the two tie wraps around the muffler assembly.
8. Separate the muffler assembly (Detail “A”in FIGURE 12.5 ).
9. Inspect the components to ensure they are clear.
10. Do one of the following:
• Replace exhaust canister and throttling muffler if plugged or restricted.
• Install only new throttling muffler if exhaust canister is in good condition.
11. Install new/existing muffler assembly by reversing 2-10.
Top of Manifold
Exhaust Tube
Sound Box
Rubber Grommet
Tie Wraps
Throttling Muffler
Exhaust Canister
DETAIL “A”
Muffler Body 8” Tie-Wrap
Throttling
Muffer
Exhaust Assembly Muffer
Muffer Grommet
Grommet
Exhaust
Canister
8” Tie-Wrap
FIGURE 12.5 Replacing the Muffler Assembly

Cleaning the Heat Exchanger
DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
CAUTION
3. Remove excess dirt using compressed air or vacuum.

Heat Exchanger
FIGURE 12.6 Cleaning the Heat Exchanger

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE RECORD INVACARE PERFECTO2 OXYGEN

CONCENTRATOR
Model No. IRC _______________________________
Serial No.____________________________________
On Each Inspection
Record Date Of Service

Record Elapsed Hours on
Hour Meter
Clean Cabinet Filters
Check Prescribed L/min.
Flow Rate
Every 180 Days
Check oxygen
Concentration
(Units without SensO2)
Annually, During Preventive Maintenance Schedule, Or Between Patients
Clean/Replace Cabinet
Filters
Check outlet HEPA Filter*
Check Compressor Inlet
Filter*
Check Oxygen
Concentration (SensO2
models)
Check Power Loss Alarm
As Required
Clean Heat Exchanger
Replace Exhaust Muffler
Rebuild Top End
Compressor
*NOTE: Refer to Preventive Maintenance section of Service Manual.

DANGER
Replacing Compressor Assembly

1. Unplug unit.
3. Cut the tie wrap that secures the intake hose to the compressor assembly (Detail “A”).
4. Disconnect intake hose from compressor assembly (Detail “A”).
5. Remove compressor wires from wire clamps or tie-wraps (not shown).
6. Disconnect compressor connector from the main harness connector (not shown).
7. Disconnect capacitor wires from the top of the capacitor (Detail “B”).
8. Disconnect brass nut from compressor (Detail “B”).
9. On the backside of the Perfecto2, loosen the clamp that secures the vinyl tube to the
manifold assembly and remove the vinyl tube from the manifold assembly (Detail
“C”).
10. On the front side of the Perfecto2, pull heat exchanger with vinyl tube out of base
assembly (Detail “D“).
11. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the compressor to the base assembly
(Detail “D”).
12. Tilt compressor assembly forward and lift out.
13. Reverse STEPS 3-12 to install new compressor assembly.
14. Secure compressor to base assembly with four screws and springs. Torque screws to
30 ± 5 in-lbs.
16. Run unit and inspect for leaks. Refer to Leak Test on page 77.

Tie-Wrap Brass Nut
Capacitor
Compressor
Capacitor Wires
Intake Hose Compressor attach here
DETAIL “C” DETAIL “D”

Mounting Screws
Mounting
Screws
Grommets
Vinyl
Tube
Clamp
Manifold
Assembly
FIGURE 13.1 Replacing Compressor Assembly

Replacing Capacitor
1. Unplug the unit.
3. Using needlenose pliers, disconnect the spade connectors from the capacitor
terminals.
4. Cut the tie wrap that secures the capacitor to the base of the concentrator.
5. Remove the capacitor from the concentrator base.
6. Install new capacitor by reversing STEPS 3-6.
7. Re-install the cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 24.
Capacitor
Tie Wrap
Capacitor Terminals (Spade

Connectors connect here)
FIGURE 13.2 Replacing Capacitor

Rebuilding the Thomas Model 2660 Compressor

DANGER
NOTE: This kit is designed for rebuilding the Thomas Model 2660 Series compressor. The model
number is located on the front of the compressor. Compressor numbers for this kit are 2660CE32,
2660CE37, and 2660CE50. If the compressor has a different model number than those listed, this
kit will not work.
The Thomas 2660 Series Compressor Rebuild Kit (p/n 1109235) contains the following:
Teflon®Piston Cups 2
Aluminum Piston Sleeves 2
Flapper Valves - Intake and Exhaust 4
Valve Keepers 4
O-Ring - Sleeve 2
Valve Plate Gaskets 2
Head Mounting Screws 8
Valve Screws 4
Valve Restraints 2
Piston Cup Retainer Screws 2
Tools Required:
• Torque wrench that has an inch-pound scale (for head screws, set screws, flapper
valve screw, and pipe plugs)
• Torx® T-25 drive for torque wrench (for head screws)
• Torx T-27 drive for torque wrench (for retainer screws)
• 1/8-inch Allen wrench attachment for torque wrench (for eccentric set screw)
• 5/32-inch Allen wrench attachment for torque wrench
• Flat blade screwdriver attachment or 1/4-inch hex socket for torque wrench (for
flapper valve screw)
• Two flat blade screwdrivers
• Rubber Mallet
• Phillips screwdriver attachment for torque wrench (for retainer screws)

CAUTION
precision sealed bearing. Therefore, additional lubrication is not necessary.
Removing Compressor and Compressor Heads
Compressor
1. Unplug concentrator and carefully remove compressor from concentrator. Refer to
Replacing Compressor Assembly on page 32.
Compressor Head Plate

1. Clean loose dirt from the outside of the Head Screws Head
compressor. Screws
2. Use the Torx T-25 torque wrench and
loosen the eight head screws.
3. Note head placement before removing
compressor head plate. Compressor
4. Remove the compressor head plate. Head
Plate
Valve Plates
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to Valve
FIGURE 13.3. Plate
1. Note the position of the plates before Valve
removing. Plate
2. Lift off the valve plate on one side.
3. Repeat for the other side.
Compressor
NOTE: Note the position of the tab on valve
plate for reassembly.
NOTE: To avoid confusion, ONLY service one
end of the compressor at a time.

Compressor - Compressor - Compressor
Head Plate - Valve Plates

Fan
1. Using two flat blade screwdrivers, pry the fan off of the motor shaft under the center
housing. DO NOT pry under the fan blades.
NOTE: Note position/orientation of fan for reassembly.
Connecting Rod and Eccentric Assembly

1. Rotate shaft to align the eccentricʹs set screw with the access hole in the bottom of the
compressor housing.
2. Insert the 1/8-inch Allen wrench into the access hole in the bottom of the compressor
housing (Detail “A” of FIGURE 13.4).
3. Loosen the set screw ¼ turn.
4. Rotate connecting rod to top dead center (180°) and slide the connecting rod/eccentric
assembly off the shaft through the opening in the housing.
5. Secure the rod assembly in a fixture.
6. Remove the sleeve from the connecting rod and discard.
Piston Cup
1. Remove the torque screw (discard) from the piston cup retainer (retain for reassembly).
2. Remove the piston cup (discard) and wipe debris from the top of the connecting rod
with a clean damp cloth.
NOTE: As the piston travels DETAIL “A” - BOTTOM OF

up and down it will also rock Cylinder Sleeve COMPRESSOR
from side-to-side. This is a
feature of the WOB-L Piston. Eccentric Set Screw Access Hole
Torque Screw
Retainer
Piston Cup
Rod Top
Eccentric
Fan
Connecting
Rod Set Screw
(hidden)
FIGURE 13.4 Removing Compressor and Compressor Heads - Rebuilding the Compressor -
Fan - Connecting Rod and Eccentric Assembly - Piston Cup
O-ring, Intake Valve Keeper and Valve Keeper Strip

1. Remove the O-ring, intake valve
flapper and valve keeper strip from the Valve Flapper
bottom of the valve plate. Discard all. Screw
2. Clean the bottom of the valve plate
with a clean, soft cloth. Valve
Keeper Strip
O-Ring
Intake Valve
Flapper

Compressor - O-ring, Intake Valve Keeper
and Valve Keeper Strip

1. Remove the exhaust valve flapper,
valve restraint and valve keeper strip Gasket Valve Flapper
from the top of the valve plate. Discard Screw
all.
2. Clean the top of the plate with a clean, Valve
Keeper Strip
soft cloth.
Gasket Exhaust Valve

Flapper
FIGURE 13.6. Valve
Restraint
1. Remove the old gasket from the top of
the valve plate and discard.
2. Clean the valve plate with a clean, soft Compressor Heads - Rebuilding the
cloth. Compressor - Exhaust Valve Flapper, Valve
Restraint and Valve Keeper Strip

Rebuilding the Compressor

NOTE: Before reassembly, wipe any residue from all components with a clean soft cloth.
Gasket
1. Install new gasket; seating the gasket firmly in the groove at the top of the valve plate
with your finger or blunt object.
CAUTION
Make sure that the gasket is not twisted when seated in the groove of the top of the
valve plate.

1. Install the new exhaust valve flapper, valve restraint and valve keeper strip to the top
of the valve plate with the valve flapper screw.
NOTE: Torque flapper screws to 12 inch-lbs.
O-ring, Intake Valve Flapper and Valve Keeper Strip

1. Install the new valve keeper strip on top of the new intake valve flapper so that the
word ʺUPʺ is visible. Fasten with the valve flapper screw.
2. Install the new O-ring, seating it firmly into the groove with your finger or blunt
object.
NOTE: Torque flapper screws to 12 inch-lbs.
Piston Cup
1. Place cylinder sleeve over rod top with smooth edge facing up.
2. Place piston cup on rod top making sure it is centered.
3. Place retainer on top of piston cup and seat retainer in rod top pocket, making sure the
retainer and cup align properly along with screw holes.
4. Insert new screw into rod top and torque to 30 inch-lbs.
Connecting Rod/Eccentric Assembly

1. With gloved-hand or clean cloth, pre-form piston cup if necessary.
2. Gently slide cylinder sleeve up and over cup to fully form it.

CAUTION
precision sealed bearing.
DO NOT crimp the piston cup when you replace the sleeve. If the cup is crimped, it
MUST be replaced.
3. With bearing side of connecting rod/eccentric assembly facing the center (motor) of
the compressor, slide the assembly onto the shaft bringing it flush to the motor
bearing.
NOTE: Make sure the eccentric set screw is positioned over the flat of the shaft.
4. Using the access hole, tighten set screw to 40 inch-lbs (Detail “A” of FIGURE 13.4).
5. Hold the sleeve down to the housing with one hand and slowly rotate the eccentric
with the other hand to ensure all the components are aligned properly.
Fan
1. Reinstall the fan onto the shaft in original orientation. Secure into position using a
rubber mallet.
Valve Plate
1. With the sleeve located and firmly seated on the housing, replace the valve plate in the
same manner as it was.
2. Repeat step 1 for other valve plate.
NOTE: Make sure the top edge of the sleeve locates in the O-ring groove in the bottom of the valve
plate.
CAUTION
Make sure that the O-ring is not twisted when seated in the groove of the bottom of
the valve plate.
Compressor Heads
1. Place the heads on top of the valve plates.
2. Tighten the head screws in a criss-cross pattern to 40 inch-lbs.

Compressor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or property damage, rotate the fan by hand prior to
connecting the unit to a power source. Check for suction at the air inlet by placing
your finger over the port as you rotate the fan. You should feel a slight suction with
each rotation of the fan. If you DO NOT feel a suction but you feel or hear a thump
as you turn the fan, DO NOT connect the unit to a power source. Review the
assembly procedure for possible error.

1. Reinstall compressor. Refer to Replacing Compressor Assembly on page 32.
2. Run unit and check for leaks around compressor hoses and compressor tubes. Refer
to Leak Test on page 77.
3. Take pressure readings to ensure proper system pressures. Refer to Installing the Sieve
Bed Pressure Tap-In Kit Installation and Checking Bed Pressure on page 86.
FIELD SERVICE PARTS LIST FOR THOMAS 2660 SERIES COMPRESSOR
ITEM PART QTY. QTY.
NO. NO. PER ASM PER UNIT DESCRIPTION
1 See Chart — 2 Connecting Rod, Eccentric & Bearing Assembly
2 624277 1 2 Piston Cup
3 625776 1 2 Screw - Piston Cup Retainer
4 626175 1 2 Piston Cup Retainer
5 618114 1 2 Cylinder Sleeve
6 See Chart — 1 Head
7 623143 — 2 O-Ring - Head Gasket
8 625175 — 8 Screw - Head
9 621591 — 2 Valve Plate Assembly
638574 — 1 Valve - Pressure Relief-Not Shown (115 V)
10 617177 1 2 Valve Restraint
11 617562 2 4 Valve Keeper Strip
12 621485 2 4 Valve Flapper - Intake & Exhaust
13 621641 1 2 Valve Plate
14 625094 2 4 Screw - Valve Flapper
15 623137 — 2 O-Ring Valve Plate
16 638281 — 1 Fan - Gray
17 638282 — 1 Fan - Black
2660CE37-989 COMPRESSOR
ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
1 607731 2 Connecting Rod, Eccentric & Bearing Assembly
6 665167 1 Head

COMPRESSOR PARTS LEGEND

1. Connecting Rod, Eccentric & Bearing Assembly 10. Valve Restraint
2. Piston Cup 11. Valve Keeper Strip
3. Screw - Piston Cup Retainer 12. Valve Flapper - Intake & Exhaust
4. Piston Cup Retainer 13. Valve Plate
5. Cylinder Sleeve 14. Screw - Valve Flapper
6 Head 15. O-Ring Valve Plate
7. O-Ring - Head Gasket 16. Fan - Gray
8. Screw - Head 17. Fan - Black
9. Valve Plate Assembly
FIGURE 13.7 Compressor Exploded View


Replacing P.E. Valve
DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
3. Remove the compressor inlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing the Compressor Inlet
4. Remove spade connectors from P.E. valve terminals.
5. Remove tie-wraps from P.E. valve tubing.
6. Remove P.E. valve assembly from tubing.
CAUTION
If P.E. valve is not to be installed IMMEDIATELY, plug the P.E. valve tubing to
prevent sieve bed contamination.
7. Install new P.E. Valve assembly IMMEDIATELY, by reversing STEPS 3-5.

8. Reinstall the compressor inlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing the Compressor Inlet
NOTE: Retiming of the concentrator is necessary. Refer to Timing on page 74.
NOTE: To ensure proper orientation, the “out” port barb should face to the left side sieve bed when
viewing from behind the unit.

P.E. Valve Tie-Wrap P.E. Valve

Tie-Wrap Tubing
Assembly
P.E. Valve
Tubing “Out” Port
Barb
OUT
Sieve Bed
P.E. Valve Terminals (Spade

Connectors Attach Here
are not shown)
FIGURE 14.1 Replacing P.E. Valve

Replacing Sieve Beds

DANGER
To prevent electrical shock, AWAYS disconnect concentrator from electrical

NOTE: ALWAYS replace sieve beds in pairs to ensure that both beds are in optimum condition.
1. Unplug unit.
3. Remove compressor inlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA
Filter on page 27.
4. Remove tie wraps and disconnect P.E valve tubing and check valve tubing from top of
sieve beds.
5. Remove the four large tie-wraps (two on each sieve bed).
6. Tilt sieve beds back and lift up. Rest sieve beds on rear of base.
7. Using a hose clamp tool, remove the clamp and reinforced tubing from bottom of both
sieve beds and remove sieve beds.
CAUTION
DO NOT remove plastic caps from new sieve bed fittings until ready to install new
beds. Severe sieve contamination can occur if uncapped beds are exposed to air.
8. Remove plastic caps from the top and bottom fittings of the new sieve beds.
9. Install new sieve beds reversing STEPS 3-7.
NOTE: After replacing sieve beds, retiming is necessary. Refer to Timing on page 74.

P.E. Valve Check Valve Tubing

Assembly
Check Valve Tubing Tie-Wraps
Tie-Wraps
Tie-Wrap P.E. Valve

Tubing
P.E. Valve
Tubing Tie Wraps
Tie-Wrap
Clamp
Sieve Bed
Reinforced Tubing attaches
HERE (not shown)
NOTE: Compressor Inlet HEPA Filter removed from illustration for clarity.
FIGURE 15.1 Replacing Sieve Beds

Replacing Check Valves

DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
NOTE: Replace one or both check valves when performing this procedure. The check valves are one-
way directional and can be checked by passing air through them. Air should flow in one direction
only.
3. It may be necessary to remove the compressor HEPA inlet filer. Refer to Replacing the
Compressor Inlet HEPA Filter on page 27.
4. Remove tie-wraps from top and bottom of the check valve(s) and disconnect check
valve(s) from ¼-inch PVC tubing.
WARNING
The check valves are one-way directional and MUST be installed correctly. The
letters “VAC” are printed on the check valves. The check valves MUST be installed
with the “VAC” on the underside of the check valve. Low system pressures and
eventual bed contamination will result if check valves are not properly installed.
CAUTION
DO NOT put a check valve on the regulator outlet tubing. Otherwise, damage may
result. The regulator outlet tubing is identified by the flow arrow on the side of the
regulator which points to it.
5. Install the new check valve(s) into the ¼-inch PVC tubing on inlet tubing only.
6. Make sure “VAC” is on the underside of the check valve to ensure proper orientation
of check valves when installing.
7. Secure the check valve(s) by installing new tie-wraps to the ¼ inch PVC tubing where
previously removed.
NOTE: If ¼ inch PVC tubing is damaged in any way, replace the section of ¼ inch PVC tubing
before installing check valve(s).
NOTE: Ensure check valves are not crossed. Left barb product tank check valve goes to left barb on
sieve bed. Right barb product tank check valve to right barb on sieve bed.

8. Reinstall compressor inlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA
Filter on page 27.
9. Run units and check for leaks. Refer to Leak Test on page 77.
Location of Product Tank
¼ PVC Inlet Tubing
Regulator Outlet Tubing Check Valves
Tie-wrap
Tie-wrap
Check Valves
Tie-wrap
Regulator
Tie-wrap
Regulator
Flow Arrow Product Tank
FIGURE 16.1 Replacing Check Valves

Replacing Regulator
DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
NOTE: On concentrator models with the SensO2 unit ONLY, remove the 1/8-inch tubing to
oxygen sensor housing.
3. Remove the four mounting screws that secure regulator to product tank cap.
4. Remove regulator from product tank lid ensuring that the O-rings are removed.
NOTE: Clean mounting surface of product tank cap. Ensure that the two ʺOʺ rings for the NEW
regulator are installed onto the ports (underside) of the NEW regulator before installation.
WARNING
Ensure proper installation of regulator. Note flow arrow on regulator. This MUST
face toward the regulator outlet tubing or flow will be interrupted causing system
shutdown.
5. Install new regulator onto product tank by reversing STEPS 3 and 4.

6. Torque mounting screws to 5 ± 1 inch-lbs.
NOTE: On units with SensO2, reinstall 1/8-inch tubing to oxygen sensor housing.
7. Adjust regulator pressure if necessary. Refer to Adjusting Regulator on page 50.

Pressure
Regulator
(Top) Pressure
Adjustment Screw
Pressure (5/32-inch Allen
Regulator Wrench)
Mounting
Screws Pressure
Product Sensor Tubing
Tank
Location of
Product Tank
NOTE: For adjusting the regulator there is

no need to remove the control panel.
FIGURE 17.1 Replacing Regulator
Adjusting Regulator
1. Turn unit on (I/).
2. Install pressure gauge onto oxygen outlet.
NOTE: Use a 0 - 30 p.s.i. pressure gauge.
NOTE: Check O2 pressure at oxygen outlet. It should read a steady five p.s.i. ± 0.5 p.s.i. If pressure
is not in specification, proceed to STEP 3. If pressure falls within specification, no adjustment is
needed.
3. Unplug unit.
5. Plug unit in and turn power switch on (I/).
6. Using the access hole located on the control panel, locate the pressure adjustment
screw in center of pressure regulator top.
7. Insert a 5/32-inch Allen wrench into the pressure adjustment screw.
8. While reading pressure gauge, do one of the following:
• Turn pressure adjustment screw or adjustment knob, clockwise to increase output
pressure; or
• Turn pressure adjustment screw or adjustment knob, counterclockwise to decrease
output pressure.

9. Adjust until pressure reads a steady five p.s.i. ± 0.5 p.s.i.

10. Once required pressure is achieved, reinstall cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on
page 24.
11. Refer to Troubleshooting on page 16 if you are unable to adjust or maintain five p.s.i.
± 0.5 p.s.i.
NOTE: After ten minutes of run time, retest output pressure of concentrator to insure proper
operation and/or spec levels.

SECTION 18—HEAT EXCHANGER ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY
Replacing Heat Exchanger Assembly
DANGER

NOTE: The heat exchanger assembly contains three components: heat exchanger, nine inch vinyl
tube and connecting component.
1. Unplug unit.
CAUTION
3. Disconnect brass nut that secures the heat exchanger assembly to the compressor
(Detail “A”).
4. On the backside of the Perfecto2, loosen the clamp that secures the vinyl tube to the
manifold assembly and remove the vinyl tube from the manifold assemlby. (Detail
“B”).
5. Remove heat exchanger assembly by pulling vinyl tube through sound box.
6. Reverse STEPS 3-5 to install new heat exchanger.

SECTION 18—HEAT EXCHANGER ASSEMBLY
DETAIL “A”
Heat Exchanger Sound Box

Assembly
Brass Nut
Compressor
DETAIL “B”
Vinyl
Tube
Manifold
Assembly Clamp Sound Box
FIGURE 18.1 Replacing Heat Exchanger Assembly

Removing Control Panel

DANGER

Tools Required:
• Diagonal cutters
• Flathead screwdriver
• ¼-inch ratchet, ¼-inch socket, and ¼-inch extension
• Pliers
• Tie-wraps
1. Unplug unit.
3. Cut the two tie wraps that secure the control panel to the sieve beds (Detail “A”).
4. Cut the two tie wraps that secure the P.E. valve assembly to the control panel (not
shown).
5. Remove the two mounting screws that secure the control panel to the sound box
(Detail “B”).
6. Remove the ¼-inch I.D. tubing from the top and bottom barbed fittings of the
flowmeter (Detail “B”).
7. Cut tie wrap and remove ¼-inch I.D. tubing from the patient outlet barbed fitting
behind the control panel (Detail “B”).
8. Remove the two mounting screws that secure the P.C. board to the control panel.
NOTE: Before performing STEP 9, code all wires to ensure correct reinstallation.
9. Remove spade connectors from circuit breaker, hour meter and On/Off ( I/O ) switch.
(Jumper wire harness from On/Off switch to circuit breaker does not have to be
removed).
10. Remove the hour meter. Refer to Replacing Hour Meter on page 65.
11. Remove the On/Off switch. Refer to Replacing On/Off Switch on page 63
12. Remove the circuit breaker by twisting the locknut on the outside of the control panel.
13. Discard existing control panel.
14. Install new control panel by reversing STEPS 3-12.

15. Run unit and check for leaks at pressure sensor tubing on product tank cap. Refer to
Leak Test on page 77

Tie Mounting Screws
Control Wrap
Panel (STEP 5)
Tie
Wrap
¼ Tubing
(STEP 6)
Control Panel ¼ Tubing (STEP 7)
Control Panel
Circuit Breaker
(STEP 9)
Hour Meter
On/Off Switch (STEP 9)
(STEP 9)
P.C. Board
Mounting
Screws
FIGURE 19.1 Removing Control Panel

Replacing Cooling Fan

DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
4. Remove compressor inlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA
Filter on page 27.
5. Remove the three mounting screws that secure the resonator housing to the soundbox.
Two mounting screws are installed in the top. The other mounting screw is located on
the backside of the housing near the bottom (Detail “A”).
6. Move the resonator housing back slightly for access to the cooling fan. Disconnect the
intake hose on the compressor assembly if necessary (Detail “A”).
7. Disconnect spade connectors from fan terminals on side of cooling fan.
NOTE: The cooling fan is fastened to the soundbox with four rubber grommets on each corner.
8. Lift cooling fan up and dislodge the rubber grommets from the soundbox (Detail “B”).
9. Remove the rubber grommets from the existing cooling fan (Detail “C”).
10. Note the orientation of the installed rubber grommets. There are two recessed areas
on the rubber grommet. The larger recessed area of the grommet is installed in the fan.
The smaller recessed area is installed in the sound box.
11. Inspect rubber grommets for damage. If damage is found, do not use. Order new
rubber grommets before installing fan.
12. Install rubber grommets into new cooling fan with larger recessed area installed in the
fan. (Detail “C”).
CAUTION
Fan MUST be positioned properly so air from the fan blows DOWN onto the
compressor (see air flow arrow on back of fan) or damage to the unit will occur.
13. Position cooling fan onto soundbox (Detail “B).

14. Pull rubber grommets down into the sound box. (Detail “D”).
15. Connect spade connectors to fan terminals on side of cooling fan (Detail “B”).

16. Move resonator housing back into position (Detail “A”).

17. Secure the resonator housing to the soundbox with the three mounting screws. Two in
the top and one on the back near the bottom of the housing (Detail “A”).
18. if necessary, reconnect the intake valve on the compressor assembly.
20. Reinstall compressor inlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing the Compressor Inlet HEPA
Filter on page 27.
21. Plug unit in and check for leaks. Refer to Leak Test on page 77.
22. Run unit for at least 30 minutes. If unit runs properly, replace cover. If not, call

DETAIL “B”
DETAIL “A”
Rubber
Grommet Cooling Fan
Mounting
Screws
Mounting
Screw
Intake Fan Terminals

(Spade Connectors Soundbox
Hose
Resonator attach here)
Housing Compressor
Assembly DETAIL “D”
Cooling
NOTE: Sieve Beds are not shown for clarity. Fan
DETAIL “C”
Cooling
Fan
Soundbox
Rubber
Grommets
Rubber Grommets
Larger recessed area
to be installed in fan. NOTE: Cooling fan removed from
rubber grommets to show proper
Smaller recessed area to be installation of grommets in sounbox.
installed in soundbox.
FIGURE 20.1 Replacing Cooling Fan

Replacing P.C. Board

DANGER
CAUTION
Follow these pre-cautions to prevent damage to the P.C. boards:
Before handling any P.C. boards, you need to be properly grounded to prevent
static damage to the components of the board. A Static Cuff MUST be worn and
properly grounded using an alligator clip. Electrical conduit or a water pipe is
normally sufficient when a known good ground is not available. Care should be
taken to ensure that the alligator clip contacts with bare metal surface.
When removing quick disconnects terminals, DO NOT pull on wire itself as damage
to the connection may occur. Hold down the P.C. board with one hand and use an
upward force with a slight rocking motion to remove the terminals.
Before installing any P.C. boards, ensure that all insulators are in place.

1. Unplug unit.
4. Do the following:
A. Disconnect wiring harnesses from PC board.
WARNING
DO NOT remove oxygen sensor tubing from P.C. board. Remove from regulator
ONLY. DO NOT remove the pressure sensor tubing from P.C. board. Remove
from top of product tank only. Damage to oxygen sensor assembly or pressure sen-
sor could occur. A faulty sensor may result in improper oxygen delivery and harm
to the user.
B. Disconnect pressure sensor tubing from product tank, not P.C. Board.
C. For concentrators that have O2 sensor, disconnect the oxygen sensor tubing from
regulator fitting. Refer to Replacing Regulator on page 49.
5. Remove the two mounting screws on top corners of P.C. board.
6. Position new P.C. board.

7. Secure new P.C. board in place with existing mounting screws. Be sure all tie-wraps
removed from tubing connections are replaced.
8. Do the following:
A. Connect wiring harnesses to P.C. board.
B. Connect pressure sensor tubing to product tank.
C. For concentrators that have O2 sensor, Connect the oxygen sensor tubing to
regulator fitting.
10. Run concentrator to ensure unit operates to specifications.
11. After replacing P.C. board, retiming may be necessary. Refer to Timing on page 74.
12. Check for leaks at pressure sensor tubing on product tank cap. Refer to Leak Test on
page 77.

Control Panel
Wiring Harnesses
Connect Here Oxygen Sensor
Tubing
(IRC5PO2 only)
P.C. Board
Mounting Screw Mounting Screw

Pressure Sensor
Tubing
FIGURE 21.1 Replacing P.C. Board

Replacing the Transformer

DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
3. Locate the transformer located on the sound box.
4. Code all wires before disconnecting for proper re-connections.
5. Remove the two mounting screws that secure the transformer to the soundbox.
6. Note orientation of transformer on soundbox before removing for proper
reinstallation
7. Remove the existing transformer and discard.
8. Install new transformer in orientation noted in STEP 7.
9. Connect all wires as noted from STEP 4.
Location of
DETAIL “A”
Transformer
Mounting Transformer
Screws Assembly
FIGURE 22.1 Replacing the Transformer


Replacing On/Off Switch
DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
4. Remove and code the four spade connectors from back of existing On/Off switch.
5. Compress retaining grips on back of existing On/Off switch and push switch out
through front of control panel.
NOTE: Ensure proper orientation of the On/Off ( I/O ) switch and wiring connections before
installation. Refer to FIGURE 23.1, Detail “A” and Detail “B” below.
CAUTION
DO NOT install the On/Off (I/O) switch upside down. Universal Off (O) symbol
should be at bottom and Universal On (I) symbol should be at the top. Possible
damage to the concentrator may result if not properly installed.
6. Reverse STEP 4 to secure new On/Off ( I/O ) switch.

DETAIL “A”
ON
On/Off OFF
( I/O )
Front View
Switch
DETAIL “B”
Spade Connector On/Off ( I/O )
from Brown Wire Switch
attached here
Brown Jumper
Spade Connectors
Wire (From
from White Wires
Circuit Breaker)
attached here
Back View
FIGURE 23.1 Replacing On/Off Switch
Replacing Flowmeter
DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
3. Note the location of the PVC tubing for accurate replacement after new flowmeter is
installed.
5. Remove palnuts that secure flowmeter to the control panel.
6. Remove flowmeter from front of control panel.
7. Install new flowmeter reversing STEPS 4-5.
9. Run unit and check for leaks where 1/4-inch PVC tubing engages flowmeter barbed
fittings. Refer to Leak Test on page 77.
Flowmeter Barbed
Fittings (Back of Palnuts
Flowmeter)
Flowmeter
Control Panel
FIGURE 24.1 Replacing Flowmeter

Replacing Hour Meter

DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
4. Remove and label the two hour meter connectors and wires connected to back of hour
meter.
5. Spread retaining clips on hour meter housing that secure hour meter to control panel.
6. Remove hour meter by pushing meter through front of control panel.
7. Install new hour meter reversing STEPS 4-6.
Hour Meter Hour Meter

Housing
Hour Meter
Connectors
Wires
Hour Meter
Back of
Control Panel
Retaining Clips (Hour
Meter Housing)
FIGURE 25.1 Replacing Hour Meter

SECTION 26—4-WAY VALVE/MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY
SECTION 26— 4-WAY VALVE/

MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY
DANGER
CAUTION
This is a maintenance free valve. Opening the valve will void any and all warranties
Replacing 4-Way Valve and/or Manifold Assembly

1. Unplug unit.
3. Cut the one tie wrap that secures the manifold exhaust tube to the “F” tube.
4. Remove the manifold exhaust tube from the “F” tube.
5. Cut the two tie wraps that secure the “F” tube to the 4 way valve/manifold assembly.
6. Remove the “F” tube from the 4 way valve/manifold assembly.
7. Using a hose clamp tool, remove the clamps that secure the vinyl tubes to the 4-way
valve/manifold assembly.
8. Remove the vinyl tubes from both sides of the 4 way valve/manifold assembly.
9. Note the orientation of the 4-way valve/manifold assembly before removing for
correct re-installation.
10. Lift 4-way valve/manifold assembly up and out of the base of the concentrator.
11. Disconnect spade connectors located on the side of the 4 -way valve assembly (Not
shown).
12. Remove the four mounting screws that secure the 4-way valve/manifold assembly
together (Detail “A”).
13. Replace the necessary component(s). (i.e. - 4-way valve, manifold or both).
14. Loosely install mounting screws through 4-way valve and into manifold assembly.
NOTE: Ensure the manifold gasket is in place on 4-way valve before installing.

CAUTION
15. Tighten mounting screws in the sequence described below (Detail “B”).
16. Pre-torque the mounting screws to 10 ± 2 inch-lbs using the torque sequence.
17. The mounting screws can be now be torqued to 22 ± 2 inch-lbs in the same sequence.
18. Connect spade connectors located on the side of the 4 -way valve assembly.
19. Position the 4-way valve/manifold assembly in the base of the concentrator on the
foam block in the orientation noted in STEP 9.
20. Slide the vinyl tubes onto each side of the manifold/valve assembly.
21. Using a hose clamp tool, secure the vinyl tubes to the 4-way valve/manifold assembly
with the clamps.
22. Install the “F” tube into the 4-way valve/manifold assembly.
23. Secure the “F” tube to the 4 way valve/manifold assembly with two tie wraps.
24. Install the manifold exhaust tube into the “F” tube.
25. Secure the manifold exhaust tube to the “F” tube with a tie wrap.

Tie
Wrap
Manifold Vinyl Tube

Exhaust
Tube “F” Tube
Clamp
Tie Wrap
Tie Clamp
Wrap
4 Way Valve/
Manifold Assembly
Vinyl Tube
Manifold 4-Way Valve/

Assembly Manifold
4-Way Valve Assembly
4 2
1 3
NOTE: The Numbers above

indicate the MOUNTING SCREW
TORQUE SEQUENCE:
Mounting pre-torque to 10 + 2 inch-lbs.,
Screws then torque to 22 + 2 inch-lbs.
FIGURE 26.1 Replacing 4-Way Valve and/or Manifold Assembly

Replacing Pilot Valve Poppets and O-Rings

DANGER

1. Unplug unit.
3. Remove the 4-way valve/manifold assembly. Refer to Replacing 4-Way Valve and/or
4. Locate pilot valve on 4-way valve/manifold assembly.
5. Hold pilot valve stem with the flat blade screwdriver and turn the 9/16-inch locknut
counterclockwise one complete turn.
6. Unscrew the pilot valve stem assembly from the manifold while leaving the coil with
yoke and locknut intact on stem.
7. Remove pilot valve poppet from inside the pilot valve stem.
CAUTION
DO NOT remove the coil yoke from the coil. The washer between the bottom of
the yoke and the bottom of the coil MUST not be removed. Otherwise, components
may be damaged in reassembly.
8. Set aside the coil with yoke and pilot valve stem assembly with the wires still intact.
WARNING
DO NOT use sharp tools to remove O-ring from plastic manifold opening. Damage
to the plastic manifold and/or plastic manifold airflow passage may occur. Damage
to airflow may result in improper oxygen delivery and harm to the user. Refer to
9. Remove poppet and O-ring from manifold opening (Detail “A”).

10. Discard old poppet and O-ring.
11. Install new O-ring into the opening in the plastic manifold housing (Detail “A”).
CAUTION
DO NOT overtighten pilot valve stem when installing it into plastic manifold.
Damage to the rubber "O" ring and/or plastic manifold may occur.
12. Install new slotted poppet into the bottom of the pilot valve stem with tapered end
facing to the bottom.

13. Install pilot valve stem and new slotted poppet with coil (with yoke and locknut
intact) into manifold opening.
14. Use a flat blade screwdriver, and tighten pilot valve stem clockwise until snug. Torque
to 25 inch-lbs. ± 5 inch-lbs.
15. Install new label onto pilot valve coil yoke.
16. Position pilot valve coil with yoke at an approximate 90° angle to the right as viewed
from the front of valve.
17. Use the flat blade screwdriver and hold the pilot valve-stem in place.
18. Tighten locknut clockwise with the 9/16-inch wrench until snug to secure the stem and
coil with yoke. DO NOT overtighten. Torque to 20 inch-lbs ± 3 inch-lbs.
CAUTION
DO NOT overtighten locknut when installing it onto pilot valve stem. Damage to
the plastic manifold may occur.
19. Plug power cord in and turn concentrator ON (I) to ensure proper operation.
21. If any difficulties are encountered in this installation, contact Invacare Technical
Service at (800) 832-4707.

DETAIL “A” Manifold

Opening
O-Ring
Air Flow Passage
Exploded View
Assembled View
NOTE: DO NOT disassemble.
Spade Connectors attach here Locknut
(Leave Wire Connectors Intact)
Valve Pilot Valve Stem Coil
Slotted
Pilot Valve Poppet
Yoke Stem
Valve Tapered
End
New
Label O-Ring
Manifold
FIGURE 26.2 Replacing Pilot Valve Poppets and O-Rings

SensO2 Alarm Indicators
DANGER
Operation
The Perfecto2 with SensO2 Concentrator is equipped with an oxygen purity indicator.
This feature monitors the purity level of the oxygen generated by the concentrator. If
purity falls below alarm thresholds, indicator lights on the control panel will illuminate.
NOTE: Concentrator may be used during the initial start warm-up time (approximately 30
minutes) while waiting for the O2 purity to reach maximum.
When the unit is turned on, the GREEN light will come on (SYSTEM OK/O2 greater than
85%). After five minutes, the oxygen sensor will be operating normally and will control
the indicator lights depending on oxygen concentration values. The explanation of the
indicator light functions are as follows:
Indicator Lights
NOTE: Indicator lights are visible only when lit.
GREEN light (O2) - Normal Operation.
YELLOW light ( )- Call supplier IMMEDIATELY. You may continue to use the
concentrator unless instructed otherwise by your supplier. Be certain that backup oxygen
is nearby.
RED light ( )- Total unit shutdown. Switch IMMEDIATELY to backup oxygen supply.
Call supplier IMMEDIATELY.
GREEN light - with YELLOW light flashing - Call supplier IMMEDIATELY. Oxygen
sensor malfunctioning; you may continue to use the concentrator. Indicators - If your unit
does not feature the O2 Sensor
LX Models Indicator Light Explanation

RED light ( )- Total Unit Shut-Down. Switch IMMEDIATELY to a back-up oxygen
supply. Call Supplier IMMEDIATELY.
GREEN light ( I/O ) - On/Off. System okay.

Model IRC5P02 Model IRC5P
Auto Shut Down
Below Normal
Normal
FIGURE 27.1 Display Control Panel

SECTION 28—TIMING
SECTION 28—TIMING
DANGER
Use extreme care when making adjustments to the timing switch. DO NOT allow
screwdriver or your hands to contact the P.C. Board when unit is plugged in and/or
on. Turn unit off and unplug before adjusting timing switch. Electrical shock is
possible.
To accommodate the varying tolerances when replacing components, an adjustable timer

is used to control the shift time of the pressure equalization (P.E.) valve. The SensO2 board
allows for automatic (microprocessor controlled) adjustments of the P.E. shift times. Non-
SensO2 boards allow for manual adjustment.
Autotuning
WARNING
DO NOT push the autotune button while powering up. Otherwise, the factory set-
tings will be erased.

1. Turn power off (/O ) and unplug the unit.
3. Plug the unit in and turn the power on (I/).
4. Locate the P.C. board.
5. Wait for the main valve shift to indicate one of the following:
• If the P.C. board is new, the front panel RED indicator light will slowly blink,
indicating autotune has initiated.
• If the P.C. board is used and has performed autotuning before, press and release
the small push button on the P.C. board. The front panel RED indicator light will
slowly blink, indicating the unit is autotuning and automatically adjusting the P.E.
valve timing.
6. Set the output flow to 5.0 L/min.
7. The GREEN (onboard) diagnostic light will flash the current value of the P.E. valve
timing number.
8. Place the cover back on the unit but DO NOT install the cover screws. Let the unit run
until autotuning is completed.
9. When autotuning is complete, the RED front panel indicator light will change from a
slow blinking to a flashing of the final P.E. valve timing number.
SECTION 28—TIMING
10. Turn the unit off and then back on. The timing value is stored in memory for future
use.
11. If the unit is turned off before an autotune cycle is completed, the P.E. valve timing will
not be stored or updated. If the board is new, autotuning MUST be successfully
completed before the unit can be placed into service.
12. After a successful autotune, run the unit for 30 minutes and verify that the oxygen
concentration output of the unit is within specification.
13. If the oxygen output concentration is not within specification, rerun the autotune
again.
14. Reinstall the cover screws.
Autotune Push Button Switch
NOTE: PC board is exploded

away from control panel for
clarity. there is no need to
remove P.C. Board from
control panel. P.C. Board
FIGURE 28.1 Autotuning

SECTION 28—TIMING
Manual Tuning
1. Turn power off (O ) and unplug the unit.
3. Plug unit in but DO NOT turn on (I/) until instructed to below.
4. Locate the timing switch on the P.C. board.
5. Insert a small common or flathead screwdriver into the adjustment screw of the timing
switch.
6. Set the timing switch initially at the number “7” position.
7. Turn unit on (I/) and wait 15 minutes for unit to stabilize.
8. If after 15 minutes of run time the concentration is below specification, change setting
to a number one position lower than the previous setting.
9. Let unit run ten minutes. If concentration is lower still, change the switch to number
two positions higher.
NOTE: You will find that the concentrator will perform better at either the higher or lower setting.
The normal adjustment range is between timing positions 3 and A.
10. Continue to change setting one step at a time (up or down) until the concentration is
the highest value achievable.
11. Once concentration has reached specification, retiming is complete.
Control Panel
P.C. Board
Manual Timing
Switch
FIGURE 28.2 Manual Tuning


DANGER
Leak Test
1. Unplug unit.
3. Plug in unit.
4. Turn the concentrator on (I/).
5. Let concentrator run for 20 minutes.
WARNING
Apply small amount of leak test solution to fittings only. Avoid all other
components. DO NOT leak test 4-way valve body. Carefully leak test for pressure
leaks around sieve bed hoses at 4-way valve. DO NOT allow leak test solution to
enter into 4-way valve and system.
6. With ʺleak-test” solution or equivalent soapy water, leak test the following:
A. The two sieve bed hose connection at the 4-way valve/manifold assembly
(Detail”A”).
B. Leak test the hose fitting on center port of 4-way valve/manifold assembly.
C. Hose connections to top and bottom fittings of sieve beds.
D. P.E. valve hose connections.
E. Hose fittings at product tank cap and check valves (Detail “B”).
F. Both fittings on heat exchanger assembly (Detail “C”).
7. Replace any tubing that appears cracked, worn, etc.
8. Re-install cabinet. Refer to Removing Cabinet on page 24.
9. Refer to Typical Product Parameters on page 8 for concentration levels. If low
concentrations are observed, refer to Troubleshooting on page 16.

DETAIL “A”
P.E. Valve Hose P.E. Valve Hose
Connections (STEP 6D) Connections (STEP 6D)
Hose
Hose Connections to Connections
Top Fittings of Sieve to Top Fittings
Beds (STEP 6C) of Sieve Beds
(STEP 6C)
Sieve Bed
Sieve Bed Hose fitting on

Center Port of 4-
way Valve/
Manifold Assembly
(STEP 6B)
Hose
Connections to Hose
Bottom Fittings Connections to
of Sieve Beds Bottom Fittings
(STEP 6C) of Sieve Beds
(STEP 6C)
Sieve Bed Hose

Connection At 4-way
Valve/manifold
Assembly (STEP 6A)
DETAIL “B” 4-Way Valve/
Manifold
Check Assembly
Valves
DETAIL “C”
Fitting
Product Cap Tank

(Check all hoses/ Heat Exchanger
valves attached) Assembly
Fitting
FIGURE 29.1 Leak Test

4 Way Valve Function Test

The 4-way valve used in the Perfecto2 Series Concentrators does have an acceptable
tolerance of leakage per RexRoth®.
By nature of the valve design it is possible for the valve to experience small leaks, and still
operate without affecting the overall performance of the unit. The valve is assembled
where the components that make up the valve “Snap” together. The only screws in the
valve are for securing the valve to the manifold assembly.
According to RexRoth there is an acceptable leak specification of 60 cc per minute at 20
psi on each valve. Valves that have leaks within this specification will function properly
without any adverse effects to the performance of the concentrator. A leak in the amount
of 60 cc or less would be indicative of the type of small leak you would notice where the
end caps connect to the main body or where the three pieces of the main body connect
together. A 60 cc leak would not be noticeable when examining the system pressure
swings.
Leaks greater than 60 cc are indicative of cracks in the end caps, or a blown seal where the
end cap connects to the main body of the valve. These leaks are detected by either reading
the system swing pressures, noticing two consecutive swings not being equal or by
hearing an audible leak every other cycle. Leaks of this extreme nature indicate the valve
needs to be replaced.
Valves should only need to be replaced when the following conditions exist:
1. A visible crack is noted on either of the end caps or main body of the 4 way valve,
regardless of the amount of leak.
2. A large leak is present on the valve that causes an imbalance in the sieve bed swing
pressures. Example: Sieve Bed 1 pressure swings from 14 psi to 16 psi, within 7-20
seconds and Sieve Bed 2 pressure swings from 13 psi to 16 psi slowly, and may take as
long as 25-30 seconds before shifting (times over 30 second will shut down
automatically).
3. Valve will not shift and the pilot valve solenoid and circuit board are working
properly.
NOTE: The concentrator’s P.C.B. should exhibit an error code for High Pressure Failure (1 Red/
2 Green).
NOTE: The best method to test the 4-way valve operation is by measuring the unit pressure
swings. This can easily be done at the Homefill port with a 0-30 psi pressure gauge and a ¼” fill
line adapter. Upon starting the unit should build pressure up to 16 psi for output flows 3 L/min
and below or 21 psi for output flows 4 L/min and above before its initial shift. After the initial shift
the unit should shift consistently in equal amounts of time +/- 1 second (time recorded in seconds).

Check each end cap

for cracks and for
major leaks. You
should NOT use
leak detector on the
valve.
4 Way Valve
Use a 0-30 psi pressure gauge to monitor

system pressure swings, and also record the
amount of time it takes to achieve a shift (full
charge and full purge).
FIGURE 29.2 4 Way Valve Function Test

SECTION 30— ALARM TEST
Alarm and Sensor Tests

DANGER
Check alarms periodically for proper function.
Power Loss Alarm

With the unit running, remove the line cord from power source. The power loss alarm
mode should sound the audible alarm IMMEDIATELY or within 30 seconds.
NOTE: With the unit unplugged and inoperable for a short period of time, the battery free circuit
will be drained. If power failure alarm does not sound with unit unplugged and power switch on,
the battery free circuit is drained. It will recharge when unit is plugged in and switched on.
Low Pressure Test

1. There are two separate failure modes for Low Pressure:
• Low product tank pressure. (Pressure in tank drops below a preset value, typically
7 p.s.i.).
• Failure to reach the set point pressure within a prescribed time limit, or Timeout
Failure.
Test One
2. When the main valve switches, pull the stem on the compressor relief valve out as far
as it will go and hold it.
Test Two
2. Remove the pressure sensor tubing (tie-wrap) from the top of the product tank (not
shown).

Time-Out Test
1. With unit off (O ), disconnect the compressor connector from the main wiring harness.
2. Plug unit in and turn power on (I/).
3. The Time-Out Failure alarm should activate within 40 seconds. Refer to SensO2 Alarm
Relief Valve (Pull Out

Stem to Simulate Leak)
Compressor
FIGURE 30.1 Low Pressure Test - Time-Out Test
High Pressure Test

• High Pressure - Occurs when pressure in product tank rises beyond a preset value,
typically 23 p.s.i. ± 1 p.s.i. for 5 liter and 27 p.s.i. ± 1 p.s.i. for 10 liter.
• Main Valve Coil - Alarm sequence occurs when the main valve coil, connection or
P.C. board circuitry has failed.
1. With the unit running and flow set at 5 L/min., disconnect in-line connector shown in
FIGURE 30.2.
2. The main valve coil alarm should activate within 40 seconds. Refer to SensO2 Alarm
Threshold on page 84 for shutdown mode (FIGURE 30.2).

Location of In-Line
Connector
In-Line Connector
FIGURE 30.2 High Pressure Test
Oxygen Sensor
Alarm sequence occurs when concentration levels fall below a preset value, typically 73%
± 3% or 85% ± 2%. This failure indicates a catastrophic failure of any component
mechanical or electrical.
1. Turn unit on (I/). Set output flow at 5 L/min.
2. Monitor the O2 level.
3. With the O2 level greater than 85% after five minutes, the GREEN panel indicator light
will remain illuminated.

4. Slowly adjust flow beyond maximum rated flow until you can achieve a concentration
level greater than 75% but less than 84%. Within 30 minutes the YELLOW panel
indicator light will illuminate and the unit will continue to run.
5. Clamp off the 1/8-inch oxygen sensor tubing between the oxygen sensor and the
product tank regulator.
WARNING
Use care not to cut oxygen sensor tubing when clamping the oxygen sensor tubing.
6. Within 30 minutes, the Oxygen Sensor Alarm should activate and the RED panel light
indicator will illuminate. The compressor will shut down with the alarm.
1/8-inch I.D. Oxygen Sensor Tubing

(Clamp Off Flow)
FIGURE 30.3 Oxygen Sensor
SENSO2 ALARM THRESHOLD

SYMBOL
O2 O2 over 85% (± 2%)

O2 Below 73% (±3%) Continuous Audible Alarm Sieve-GARD™Compressor
Shutdown

P.E. Valve Coil Test

NOTE: P.E. Valve Coil - Alarm sequence occurs when the P.E. Valve Coil, connection or P.C. Board
Circuitry has failed.
1. With the unit running and flow set at 5 L/min., remove one YELLOW wire from the
P.E. valve coil. The P.E. valve coil alarm should activate within 10 seconds.
NOTE: If problems arise during test, contact Invacare Technical Service for further assistance.
P.E. Valve Coil
Yellow Wires
FIGURE 30.4 P.E. Valve Coil Test

Use the chart in Preventive Maintenance on page 25 to record date and number of hours
when preventive maintenance was performed on the concentrator or any repairs made.


SECTION 31— SIEVE BED PRESSURE

CHECK
Checking Sieve Bed Pressure

DANGER
Disassembly
1. Turn power off (O ) and unplug unit.
3. Turn unit so the back faces you.
4. It may be necessary to remove compressor inlet HEPA filter. Refer to Replacing the
Compressor Inlet HEPA Filter on page 27.
Check Valve
Cut PVC Tubing below

Check Valve to install
Tap-in Kit
Product
Tank
FIGURE 31.1 Disassembly
Pressure Testing
1. Connect pressure gauge to the ¼ x 2-inch silicone tubing with connector (p/n 1131392).
2. Remove plug in HomeFill port in back of concentrator.
3. Connect ¼ x 2-inch silicone tubing with connector to HomeFill port.

4. Check each connection to make sure it is tight.

5. Turn the concentrator On ( I/).
NOTE: Adjust the concentrator to MAXIMUM rated liter flow to 5 L/min.
NOTE: Wait approximately five minutes to allow system pressures to achieve proper equilibrium
before testing.
6. The pressure in the concentrator should rise within 20 seconds to 21 p.s.i.g. ± 0.3 and
shift the 4-way valve to the opposite sieve bed.
7. After the 4-way valve shift, the pressure in the concentrator will drop to 12 p.s.i.g. ± 2
before rising within 20 seconds to 21 p.s.i.g. ± 0.3 and shift the 4-way valve to the
opposite sieve bed.
8. If pressure reading is 21 p.s.i.g. ± 0.3 when both valve shifts are made, proceed to STEP
10.
9. If pressure in the concentrator does not fall into the specifications listed above, refer
to Troubleshooting on page 16.
10. Turn the concentrator off (O).
11. Disconnect pressure gauge from the HomeFill port and reinstall plug.
Pressure
Gauge
Back of ¼ x 2-inch
Plug Concentrator Silicone Tubing
with Connector
HomeFill Port
FIGURE 31.2 Pressure Testing

NOTES

NOTES

LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY
NOTE: THE WARRANTY BELOW HAS BEEN DRAFTED TO COMPLY WITH FEDERAL
LAW APPLICABLE TO PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AFTER JULY 4, 1975.
This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser who purchases this product when new
and unused from Invacare Corporation or a dealer. This warranty is not extended to any other
person or entity and is not transferable or assignable to any subsequent purchaser or owner.
Coverage under this warranty will end upon any such subsequent sale or other transfer of title
to any other person. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other
Invacare Corporation warrants its Perfecto2 Oxygen Concentrators when purchased new and
unused to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of five (5) years from
date of purchase from Invacare or a dealer, with a copy of the seller’s invoice required for
DO NOT OPEN OR ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE 4-WAY VALVE BODY. This will void any
and all warranty applicable to the valve body. If within such warranty periods any such product
shall be proven to Invacare Corporation's satisfaction to be defective, such product shall be
repaired or replaced, at Invacare Corporation's option. This warranty only applies to the labor
for repairs performed by the Invacare Service Department or Invacare Authorized Service
Centers. It does not apply to the labor performed by the purchaser or user. This warranty does
not include normal wear and tear or shipping charges. Invacare Corporation's sole obligation
and your exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be limited to such repair or replacement.
Routine maintenance items, such as filters, are excluded from this warranty.
For warranty service, please contact Invacare Corporation's Service Department at the toll
free number on the back cover. Upon receiving notice of an alleged defect in a product,
Invacare Corporation will issue a serialized return authorization. It shall then be the
responsibility of the purchaser to return the entire unit or remove, at purchaser's cost, the
defective component part(s) identified, pack the component part(s) in a manner to avoid
shipping damage and to ship the component part(s) to either Invacare Corporation's plant or
service center as specified by Invacare Corporation in advance. Defective component part(s)
MUST be returned for warranty inspection using the serial number as identification within
thirty (30) days of return authorization date. DO NOT return products to our factory without
prior consent. C.O.D. shipments will be refused; please prepay shipping charges.
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY
TO PRODUCTS SUBJECTED TO NEGLIGENCE, ACCIDENT, IMPROPER OPERATION,
MAINTENANCE OR STORAGE, SOOT OR SMOKE-FILLED ENVIRONMENTS, OR OTHER
THAN NORMAL APPLICATION, USE OR SERVICE, OR TO PRODUCTS MODIFIED
WITHOUT INVACARE CORPORATION'S EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MODIFICATION THROUGH THE USE OF UNAUTHORIZED
PARTS OR ATTACHMENTS) OR TO PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY REASON OF REPAIRS
MADE TO ANY COMPONENT WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC CONSENT OF INVACARE
CORPORATION OR TO PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND

THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER
WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, AND THE SOLE REMEDY FOR VIOLATIONS OF ANY WARRANTY
WHATSOEVER, SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE
PRODUCT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN. THE APPLICATION OF
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY WHATSOEVER SHALL NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE
DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY PROVIDED HEREIN. INVACARE SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE, OR LIMITATION OF HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY
LASTS, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE EXTENDED TO COMPLY WITH STATE/PROVINCIAL
LAWS AND REQUIREMENTS.

USA Canada
One Invacare Way 570 Matheson Blvd E Unit 8 All rights reserved. Trademarks are
Elyria, Ohio USA Mississauga Ontario identified by ™ and ®.
44036-2125 L4Z 4G4 Canada All trademarks are owned by or licensed
800-333-6900 800-668-5324 to Invacare Corporation unless otherwise
noted.
Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont
Corp.
Torx is a registered trademark of Textron,
Inc.
RexRoth is a registered trademark of
BOSCH REXROTH AG, GERMANY
Part No 1148070
Rev A - 6/07
Service Manual
XPO2™
Portable Oxygen
Concentrator
Models XPO100 and XPO100B
DEALER: Keep this manual. The procedures in this manual MUST be

performed by a qualified technician.

WARNING
DO NOT USE THIS PRODUCT OR ANY AVAILABLE OPTIONAL
EQUIPMENT WITHOUT FIRST COMPLETELY READING AND
UNDERSTANDING THESE INSTRUCTIONS AND ANY ADDITIONAL
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIAL SUCH AS OWNER’S MANUALS, SERVICE
MANUALS OR INSTRUCTION SHEETS SUPPLIED WITH THIS
PRODUCT OR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO
UNDERSTAND THE WARNINGS, CAUTIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS,
CONTACT A HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONAL, DEALER OR TECHNICAL
PERSONNEL BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO USE THIS EQUIPMENT -
OTHERWISE, INJURY OR DAMAGE MAY OCCUR.
ACCESSORIES WARNING
INVACARE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED AND
MANUFACTURED FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH INVACARE
ACCESSORIES. ACCESSORIES DESIGNED BY OTHER
MANUFACTURERS HAVE NOT BEEN TESTED BY INVACARE AND ARE
NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH INVACARE PRODUCTS.
NOTE: Updated versions of this manual can be found at www.invacare.com.
XPO2™ 2 Part No 1150748

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL NOTES ................................................................................ 4
Regulatory Listing .......................................................................................................................................6
SECTION 1—IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS ............................................ 7
Operating Information...............................................................................................................................7
To Reduce The Risk Of Burns, Electrocution, Fire Or Injury To Persons...................................7
Radio Frequency Interference .................................................................................................................8
SECTION 2—COMPONENT REPLACEMENT ......................................... 9
Replacing the Gross Particle Filter or Filter Cover............................................................................9
Accessing XPO2............................................................................................................................................................................. 9
Replacing the Inlet Filter .........................................................................................................................11
Replacing the Battery...............................................................................................................................12
Re-assembling the XPO2 .......................................................................................................................................................13
Replacement Parts....................................................................................................................................13
SECTION 3—CHECKING O2 PURITY ................................................. 14
SECTION 4—ERROR CODES ............................................................. 15
Part No 1150748 3 XPO2™

SPECIAL NOTES
SPECIAL NOTES
could result in personal injury or property damage. Refer to the following table for
SIGNAL WORD MEANING

Danger indicates an imminently hazardous situation
DANGER which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.
Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation
WARNING which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation
CAUTION which, if not avoided, may result in property
damage or minor injury or both.
NOTICE
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice.
DANGER
DO NOT SMOKE while using this device. Keep all matches, lit cigarettes, candles or
other sources of ignition out of the room in which this product is located and away
from where oxygen is being delivered.
NO SMOKING signs should be prominently displayed. Textiles and other materials
that normally would not burn are easily ignited and burn with great intensity in
oxygen enriched air. Failure to observe this warning can result in severe fire, property
damage and cause physical injury or death.
CAUTION
“Caution: Federal law restricts this device to sale or rental by or on order of a physician,
or any other practitioner licensed by the law of the State in which he/she practices to use
or order the use of this device.”
XPO2™ 4 Part No 1150748


Direct Current
Type BF equipment
Attention - Consider Accompanying Documents
DO NOT smoke
Class II, Double Insulation
Power On/Off
DO NOT dispose of in household waste
Recycle
DO NOT use oil or grease
Keep dry
IPX1 Protected against dripping water
Electrical Requirements: AC Power Supply: 100-240 VAC 50/60 Hertz

DC Power Supply: 11-16 VDC
Rated Current Input: 1.0 amps at 120 VAC
3.3 amps at 18 VDC
Sound Level @ setting 2: < 45dBA weighted
Altitude: Up to 10,000 ft (3046 m) above sea level
Oxygen Concentration:* 87% to 95.6%, after initial warm-up period (approximately 5
*Based on an atmospheric pressure of 14.7 psi minutes)
(101 kPa) at 70°F (21°C)
Oxygen Flow: Pulse flow delivery. Bolus Volume Ranges From 300 - 840cc
settings 1 to 5.
Dimensions: 10” high x 7” wide x 4” deep (25.4 cm high x 17.8 cm wide x 10.2
cm deep)
Weight: 6.0 lbs (2.72 kg); 1.3 lbs (0.68 kg) for supplemental battery
Part No 1150748 5 XPO2™

Battery Duration (times are approximate): Setting 1 = 3.5 hours

Setting 2 = 2.5 hours
Battery Recharge Time: 4 hours
NOTE: Recharge time increases if battery is
charging while unit is running.
Humidity Operating Humidity: 15% to 60% non condensing
Storage Humidity: up to 95% non condensing
Temperature Range: Operating temperature: 41°F to 95°F (5°C to 35°C)
(All power sources)
Storage temperature: -2°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)
Extended Temperature Range: Operating Temperature:
(Using AC or DC adapters) 95°F to 104°F (35°C to 40°C)
Continuous use - all settings
Extended Temperature Range Operating Temperature:
(Using Internal Battery) 95°F to 104°F (35°C to 40°C)
Continuous use - settings 1, 2 and 3
45 minutes (max) - setting 4
30 minutes (max) - setting 5
Regulatory Listing
ETL certified complying with: EN 55011:1998
CISPR 11: 2003
IEC 60601-1; 2nd ed. 2005
IEC 60601-1-2; 2.1 ed.
IEC 61000-3-2:2005
IEC 61000-3-3:2005
UL 60601-1, 1st ed.
CSA 601.1 M90
XPO2™ 6 Part No 1150748

SAFEGUARDS
In order to ensure the safe installation, assembly and operation of the XPO2 Portable
Concentrator these instructions MUST be followed.
WARNING
SECTION 1 - IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS contains important information for the safe
operation and use of this product.
Operating Information
DANGER
A spontaneous and violent ignition may occur if oil, grease, greasy substances, or
petroleum based products come in contact with oxygen under pressure. These
substances MUST be kept away from the XPO2 portable concentrator, tubing and
connections, and all other oxygen equipment. DO NOT use any lubricants unless
recommended by Invacare.
To Reduce The Risk Of Burns, Electrocution, Fire Or

Injury To Persons
DO NOT come in contact with the concentrator while wet.
DO NOT place or store product where it can drop into water or other liquid.
Avoid creation of any spark near medical oxygen equipment. This includes sparks
from static electricity created by any type of friction.
NEVER drop or insert any object or liquid into any opening.

For optimum performance, Invacare recommends that each concentrator be On, in auto-
pulse mode, and running for a minimum of 5 minutes. Shorter periods of operation may
reduce maximum product life. Refer to Checking O2 Purity on page 14 for auto-pulse
mode.
A product should NEVER be left unattended when plugged in. Make sure XPO2 is Off
when not in use.
The XPO2 MUST be used in an upright position.
Part No 1150748 7 XPO2™

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with EMC limits specified by IEC/
EN 60601-1-2. These limits are designed to provide a reasonable protection against
electromagnetic interference in a typical medical installation.
Other devices may experience interference from even the low levels of electromagnetic
emissions permitted by the above standards. To determine if the emissions from the XPO2
are causing the interference, turn the XPO2 Off. If the interference with the other device(s)
stops, then the XPO2 is causing the interference. In such rare cases, interference may be
reduced or corrected by one of the following measures:
• Reposition, relocate, or increase the separation between the equipment.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
other device(s) is connected.
XPO2™ 8 Part No 1150748

SECTION 2—COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
SECTION 2—COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT
CAUTION
Ensure not to damage ribbon cable when removing or installing front cover.
DO NOT use Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK). This will damage the plastic.
Replacing the Gross Particle Filter or Filter Cover

L
Magnet Cover
FIGURE 2.1.
NOTE: The gross particle filter should be
replaced as needed.
1. Lift filter cover slightly and pull down
to remove tabs from the grooves.
2. Lift out the filter from the filter cover.
3. Use a vacuum cleaner or wash with a
Tabs
mild liquid dish detergent (such as Filter
Dawn™) and water. Rinse thoroughly. Grooves Cover Cover
4. Thoroughly dry the filter and inspect Magnet

for fraying, crumbling, tears and holes.
5. Replace filter cover and/or filter. Filter
6. Reinstall the filter cover by placing the

tabs in the slots and engaging the
magnet.
NOTE: Use only Invacare gross particle filter. FIGURE 2.1 Replacing the Gross Particle
Filter or Filter Cover
Accessing XPO2
WARNING
When accessing the XPO2 remember that battery power is still being applied to the
internal (PCB) printed circuit board. Care MUST be taken to minimize contact with the
PCB. DO NOT use any kind of tool (screwdriver, pliers, etc.) when working on the
internal structure, otherwise, injury and/or damage may occur. Battery power remains on
the PCB as long as the battery connection is made to the PCB.
Part No 1150748 9 XPO2™

1. Remove label from the top of the XPO2 (FIGURE 2.2).

NOTE: This label adheres to the front and rear sections of the XPO2. This label MUST be removed
to separate the two sections.
Label
XPO2
FIGURE 2.2 Remove/Install label

2. Position the XPO2 so that the back panel label is facing up (Detail “A” in FIGURE 2.3).
3. Remove the four mounting screws from the back of the XPO2 using a T15 Torx®
screwdriver (Detail “A” in FIGURE 2.3).
Mounting Screws
Ribbon Cable
Front Cover
Inlet Filter
Back Panel Label
Tubing
Mounting Screws
Front Cover
DETAIL “C”
Ribbon Cable
PC Board
FIGURE 2.3 Removing the Front Cover

™
XPO2 10 Part No 1150748
4. While holding the unit together rotate the XPO2 and position it so that the back panel
label is facing down.
NOTE: The ribbon cable is connected to the front cover and the pc board. Only open the
XPO2 as shown in Details “B” and “C”.
5. Slowly, open the front cover ensuring not to damage the ribbon cable (Detail “B” and
Detail “C” in FIGURE 2.3).
Replacing the Inlet Filter

NOTE: The inlet filter should be replaced as needed.
1. Perform the steps in Accessing XPO2 on page 9.
2. Remove the inlet filter from the holder (Detail “A”).
3. Disconnect the inlet filter with 5/8-inch tubing attached from the 111/2-inch long tubing
(Detail “B”).
Holder
DETAIL “A”
Inlet Filter
DETAIL “B”
5 Intake
/8-Inch Tubing
Inlet Filter w/ 5/8-inch Tubing

Attached
Flow Arrow
Outlet
111/2-inch Tubing
FIGURE 2.4 Replacing the Inlet Filter
Part No 1150748 11 XPO2™

4. Transfer the 5/8-inch tubing to the intake of the new filter.

NOTE: The flow arrow points away from the intake.
5. Connect the 11½- inch tubing to the outlet of the inlet filter (Detail “A” of FIGURE 2.4).
6. Position and orient the new filter in the holder (Detail “B” of FIGURE 2.3).
7. Re-assemble the XPO2. Refer to Re-assembling the XPO2 on page 13.
Replacing the Battery

CAUTION
Before handling the P.C. board, ensure you are properly grounded to prevent static
damage to the components of the board. A static cuff MUST be worn and properly
grounded using an alligator clip. Electrical conduit or a water pipe is normally sufficient
when a known good ground in unavailable. Care should be taken to ensure that the
alligator clip contacts a bare metal surface.

1. Perform the steps in Accessing XPO2 on page 9.
2. Remove the inlet filter with tubing attached from the holder.
3. Disconnect the battery wiring harness from the PC board.
4. Remove the battery from the thermal pad and battery tray.
NOTE: The thermal pad is between the battery and the bottom of the tray. It is a soft “dough-like”
material that adheres to the tray. If thermal pad is damaged or pulled up during battery removal it
MUST be replaced.
Battery Wiring Harness PC Board Battery

connects here
Inlet Filter
Tubing
FIGURE 2.5 Replacing the Battery
XPO2™ 12 Part No 1150748

NOTE: When installing new battery, ensure the battery is label side up.
5. Position new battery on thermal pad as shown.
6. Connect the battery wiring harness to the PC board.
7. Install inlet filter with tubing into holder.
8. Re-assemble the XPO2. Refer to Re-assembling the XPO2 on page 13.
Re-assembling the XPO2

1. Carefully, re-install the front cover onto the XPO2.
2. Turn the XPO2 On to ensure proper operation.
3. Turn XPO2 Off.
4. While holding the unit together, position the XPO2 so that the back panel is facing up
(Detail “A” in FIGURE 2.3).
5. Install four mounting screws and secure the two sections of the XPO2 together (Detail
“A” in FIGURE 2.3). Securely tighten.
6. Remove the glue residue by applying 91% isopropyl alcohol, and wiping with a clean
cloth. Make sure the surface is dry and free of any residue. This will ensure a good seal
for the new label.
7. Install replacement label on the top of the XPO2 so that it adheres to both the front and
rear sections.
Replacement Parts
NOTE: Refer to the parts catalog at www.invacare.com for component part number.
Part No 1150748 13 XPO2™

SECTION 3—CHECKING O2 PURITY
SECTION 3—CHECKING O2 PURITY

NOTE: Although the XPO2 offers pulse dose only, the oxygen purity can be checked with a hand
held oxygen analyzer.
NOTE: Oxygen purity should be checked every 4,320 hours.
1. Turn the unit On.
2. Press the “+” button to increase the flow to setting 5.
3. Simultaneously press and hold the “+” and “battery gauge” buttons until the #5 BLUE
indicator light blinks. This is your indication that the unit is now in auto-pulse mode.
NOTE: The unit will remain in auto-pulse mode until it is set to a lower flow setting or is turned
off.
4. Connect a standard hand held oxygen analyzer to the outlet port.
5. Follow the directions provided by the analyzer manufacturer. Some analyzers will
also measure flow and pressure, but only if connected to a continuous flow of oxygen
(so these options are not usable on this pulse only unit).
NOTE: The purity reading may fluctuate slightly due to the pulse flow. It is recommended that you
record a high and a low over a 60 second time period. The XPO2 is functioning properly when the
purity levels are above 87%, after the 5 minute warm-up period.
XPO2™ 14 Part No 1150748

SECTION 4—ERROR CODES

The XPO2 has dozens of alarms that are being monitored on a continuous basis. The
alarms are grouped into four main categories:
• Common Alarms: These are alarms for which the patient, or the provider, can take
action to eliminate the issue. These alarms, and the corrective steps, are fully
explained within the Owner’s Manual (OM).
• Operating Alarms: This alarm group centers on the sieve beds and the PSA
process. These are alarms for which there is no corrective action available to either
the patient or the provider. However, there are sub-codes that can be accessed to
help the Invacare service and repair centers.
• Compressor Alarms: This alarm group centers on the compressor operation. These
are alarms for which there is no corrective action available to either the patient or
the provider. However, there are sub-codes that can be accessed to help the
Invacare service and repair centers.
• System Alarms: This alarm group centers on internal software monitors. These are
alarms for which there is no corrective action available to either the patient or the
provider (*). However, there are sub-codes that can be accessed to help the
Invacare service and repair centers.
To access the Sub-Alarm codes, the unit first has to be in an alarm condition with multiple
flow level LEDs illuminated. While in this condition, the Plus (+) and Minus (-) flow
setting buttons should be pushed and held. As long as both these buttons are being
pushed, a different set of flow LEDs will illuminate. This alternate set of illuminated LEDs
is the sub-alarm code. Once the Plus and Minus buttons are released, the original alarm
code will return. Once the unit is turned off, the alarm codes displays will be reset. All the
alarms should be reset and the unit turned back on to see if the unit can self-correct the
problem. If the alarms persist, please contact your nearest Invacare repair center.
ALARM SUB-ALARM
ERROR / ERROR CODE (Illuminated flow (Illuminated flow
LEDs) LEDs)
Common Alarms
Internal temperature of the unit is either too hot, or too cold,
1, 2 None
to allow compressor to start. See OM for instructions.
While operating, the internal temperature of the unit becomes
either too hot, or too cold, to allow operation to continue. See 1, 3 None
OM for instructions.
The internal battery temperature is either too hot, or too cold,
to allow operation on battery to continue. 1, 4 None
See OM for instructions.
Control panel button was found to be continuously pressed
1, 5 None
upon power-up (a.k.a. stuck button). See OM for instructions.
Operating Alarms
Code: 3000 3, 4 None
Code: 3001 3, 4 1
Code: 3002 3, 4 2
Part No 1150748 15 XPO2™

Compressor Alarms
Code: 6000 4, 5 None
Code: 6001 4, 5 1
Code: 6002 4, 5 2
Code: 6003 4, 5 1,2
(*) Within the System Alarms there are a few alarms that may correct themselves simply by changing the
internal battery.
ALARM SUB-ALARM
ERROR/
(Illuminated flow (Illuminated flow COMMENTS
ERROR CODE
LEDs) LEDs)
System Alarms
Code: 7000 3, 4, 5 None
Code: 7001 3, 4, 5 1
Replacement of the internal battery may
Code: 7002 3, 4, 5 2
eliminate this problem
Code: 7003 3, 4, 5 1,2
Code: 7004 3, 4, 5 3
Code: 7005 3, 4, 5 3,1
Code: 7006 3, 4, 5 3,2
Code: 7007 3, 4, 5 3,2,1
Code: 7008 3, 4, 5 4
Code: 7009 3, 4, 5 4,1
Code: 700a 3, 4, 5 4,2
Code: 700b 3, 4, 5 4,2,1
Code: 700c 3, 4, 5 4,3
Code: 700d 3, 4, 5 4,3,1
Code: 700e 3, 4, 5 4,3,2
Code: 700f 3, 4, 5 4,3,2,1
Code: 7010 3, 4, 5 5
Code: 7011 3, 4, 5 5,1
Code: 7012 3, 4, 5 5,2
Code: 7013 3, 4, 5 5,2,1
Code: 7014 3, 4, 5 5,3
Code: 7015 3, 4, 5 5,3,1
Code: 7016 3, 4, 5 5,3,2
Code: 7017 3, 4, 5 5,3,2,1
Code: 7018 3, 4, 5 5,4
Code: 7019 3, 4, 5 5,4,1
Code: 701a 3, 4, 5 5,4,2
Code: 701b 3, 4, 5 5,4,2,1
Code: 701c 3, 4, 5 5,4,3
Code: 701d 3, 4, 5 5,4,3,1
Code: 701e 3, 4, 5 5,4,3,2
Code: 701f 3, 4, 5 5,4,3,2,1
XPO2™ 16 Part No 1150748

NOTES
NOTES
Part No 1150748 17 XPO2™

NOTES
NOTES
XPO2™ 18 Part No 1150748

LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY
For warranty information, please refer to the original owner's manual which came with this product,
or contact Invacare for more information.
Part No 1150748 19 XPO2™

USA Canada All rights reserved. Trademarks are
One Invacare Way 570 Matheson Blvd E Unit 8 identified by ™ and ®. All trademarks are
Elyria, Ohio USA Mississauga Ontario owned by or licensed to Invacare
44036-2125 L4Z 4G4 Canada Corporation unless otherwise noted.
800-333-6900 800-668-5324 Torx is a registered trademark of Textron,
Inc.
Dawn is a trademark of The Proctor and
Gamble Company.
Part No 1150748
Rev A - 4/08
Operator’s Manual
HomeFill™II Compressor
User: Before using the product, read this manual

and save for future reference.
Dealer: This manual must be given to the end user.

WARNING
WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHOUT
FIRST READING AND UNDERSTANDING THIS
MANUAL. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO
UNDERSTAND THE DANGERS, WARNINGS,
CAUTIONS, AND INSTRUCTIONS, CONTACT
INVACARE TECHNICAL SERVICES BEFORE
ATTEMPTING TO USE THIS EQUIPMENT -
OTHERWISE, SERIOUS INJURY OR PROPERTY
DAMAGE MAY RESULT.
NOTICE
The information contained in this document is subject to
change without notice.
WARNING
Users MUST NOT SMOKE while using this device. Keep
all matches, lighted cigarettes or other sources of ignition
out of the room in which this product is located. Textiles
and other materials that normally would not burn are
easily ignited and burn with great intensity in oxygen
enriched air. Failure to observe this warning can result in
severe fire, property damage and cause physical injury or
DEATH.
NOTE: Updated versions of this manual are available on

www.invacare.com.
HomeFill™II Compressor 2 Part No 1100873

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL NOTES ............................................... 4
TYPICAL PRODUCT ......................................... 5
PARAMETERS ................................................. 5
LABEL LOCATION ............................................ 6
DEALER INFORMATION ................................... 6
HOMEFILL II INFORMATION ............................. 7
SECTION 1—IMPORTANT SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS ............................................... 8
Servicing of Double-Insulated Products .......................................11
SECTION 2—INITIAL SETUP ............................ 12
Initial Set Up of Compressor.......................................................... 12
SECTION 3—CHECKLIST AND CYLINDER
INSPECTION .................................................. 16
Compressor Operation Checklist................................................. 16
Cylinder Prefill Inspection ............................................................... 16
SECTION 4—COMPRESSOR OPERATION .......... 23
Connecting/Disconnecting the Cylinder to/from the
Compressor........................................................................................ 23
Turning the Compressor On .........................................................29
Setting the Flow Knob to the Prescribed Setting ...................... 31
SECTION 5—INDICATOR LIGHTS .................... 32
SECTION 6—TROUBLESHOOTING/ CYLINDER
FILL TIMES ..................................................... 34
SECTION 7—MAINTENANCE .......................... 37
Cleaning the Compressor Filter .................................................... 37
Cabinet ................................................................................................ 38
LIMITED WARRANTY .................................... 38

SPECIAL NOTES
SPECIAL NOTES
Check all parts for shipping damage. In case of damage, DO
NOT use. Contact Invacare for further instruction.
Signal words are used in this manual and apply to hazards or
unsafe practices which could result in personal injury or
property damage. Refer to the following table for definitions
of the signal words.
SIGNAL WORD MEANING
DANGER Danger indicates an imminently hazardous

situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING Warning indicates a potentially hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.
CAUTION Caution indicates a potentially hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, may result in
property damage.
ACCESSORIES
There are many different types of humidifiers, oxygen tubing,
cannulas and masks that can be used with this device. You
should contact your local home care provider for
recommendations on which of these devices will be best for
you. They should also give you advice on the proper usage,
maintenance, and cleaning.
WARNING
Invacare products are specifically designed and
manufactured for use in conjunction with Invacare
accessories. Accessories designed by other manufacturers
have not been tested by Invacare and are not
recommended for use with Invacare products.

TYPICAL PRODUCT
PARAMETERS
Regulatory Listing: Double Insulated Product
ETL Certified Complying with
UL73 and UL1097 (US)
ETL Certified Complying with
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 68 (Canada)
For household use only.

- COMPRESSOR
Operating temperature: 50 to 95° F (10 to 35° C) @ 20 to 60%
non-condensing humidity
Storage temperature: -10 to 150° F (-23 to 65° C) @ 15
to 95% humidity
Input Pressure Required: 14 - 21 psi
Input Flow Required: 2 L/min
Input O2% Required: >90% O2
Width: 20 ¼ inches
Height: 15 inches
Depth: 16 inches
Weight: 33 lbs
Shipping Weight: 39 lbs
Part No 1100873 5 HomeFill™II Compressor

LABEL LOCATION
! WARNING
Keep all connections free of oil and grease to avoid violent
ignition. See Owner's Manual before cleaning. P/N 1075220 Rev C - 10/04
! WARNING
DO NOT REMOVE UNIT COVER
This unit contains moving and high pressure
components. Manufacturer Service Only. P/N 1075221
Rev B - 10/04
! WARNING
Keep all connections free of oil and grease.
Rev B - 10/04
P/N 1075238
See Owner's Manual before cleaning.
Cylinders filled on this unit must be labeled "Contents of
this cylinder are the product of an oxygen concentrator."
DEALER INFORMATION
NOTE: Invacare recommends leaving a full cylinder of oxygen with
the patient after setting up the HomeFill II compressor.
Before leaving a HomeFill II Compressor with a user, the
following checklist MUST be completed:
❑ Make sure the pressure test on cylinder has not expired.
❑ Instruct the user on the safe operation of the concentrator
and review all warnings.
❑ Instruct the user on the safe operation of the HomeFill II
compressor and review all warnings.
❑ Leave a full cylinder of oxygen with the user.
❑ Leave a copy of all warnings and filling instructions with
the user.

HOMEFILL II INFORMATION
HOMEFILL II INFORMATION
HomeFill II is an accessory device to the oxygen concentrator
that enables the patient to refill custom portable oxygen
cylinders for personal use.
NOTICE
The HomeFill II compressor is for use with specially
designed Invacare Platinum™5, 10 and XL HomeFill II
compatible oxygen concentrators.
The oxygen concentrator can be set to the following
maximum flowrates when operating with HomeFill II
compressor:
Platinum 5 and XL: 3 L/min. or less.
Platinum 10: 5 L/min. or less.
To determine if your oxygen concentrator is HomeFill II
compatible, examine the lower right corner of the rear of
the oxygen concentrator for an outlet fitting. Refer to the
illustration below.
TOP VIEW Power Cord

Outlet Fitting
Concentrator

SECTION 1—IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 1—IMPORTANT SAFETY

INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
SECTION 1 - IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
contains important information for the safe operation and
use of this product. DO NOT use this product or any
available optional equipment without first completely
reading and understanding these instructions and any
additional instructional material such as Owner’s
Manuals, Service Manuals or Instruction Sheets supplied
with this product or optional equipment. If you are unable
to understand the Warnings, Cautions or Instructions,
contact a health care professional, dealer or technical
personnel before attempting to use this equipment -
otherwise, injury or damage may occur.
CAUTION
“Caution: Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on
order of a physician, or any other practitioner licensed by
the law of the State in which he/she practices to use or
order the use of this device.”
When using the HomeFill II, basic precautions should

ALWAYS be followed, including the following:
WARNING
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF BURNS,ELECTROCUTION,
FIRE, OR INJURY TO PERSONS.
NEVER use near any type of flame or flammable/explosive
substances, vapors or atmosphere.

DO NOT allow oil from your hands or other sources to come

into contact with the compressor coupling or bottle fittings.
These substances may become flammable in the presence of
oxygen and cause injury. Avoid touching the bottle fitting
whenever possible. Example of items to avoid are hand
creams or lotions, cooking oils, suntan oils or sunblocks and
similar oily products. If you use these types of products
Invacare suggests you wash your hands prior to using the
HomeFill unit. If the bottle fitting should come in contact with
such substances it should be cleaned off with a damp cloth
prior to connecting it to the compressor.
NEVER oil or lubricate the compressor coupler or bottle
fittings. NEVER use any penetrating oil or lubricant such as
WD-40 or 3 in One. If connection difficulty is experienced
verify that the bottle fitting is being inserted straight down
into the compressor coupler. If continued difficulty is
experienced contact your supplier for assistance.
Before moving or repositioning either the compressor or
concentrator, ALWAYS push the power switch to the Off (O)
position, disconnect the AC power cord and the interconnect
hose between the compressor and concentrator. Failure to do
so may result in damage to the unit or personal injury.
Children should ALWAYS be supervised around the
HomeFill II unit. When used with the HomeFill table or
similar elevated support surfaces, a child could pull over any
such table causing the unit to fall. Failure to observe this
warning may result in personal injury or product damage.
Use extreme care when handling and filling an oxygen
cylinder. Full oxygen cylinders are under pressure and can
become a projectile if dropped or mishandled.
NEVER transport a compressor with a cylinder connected to
or stored on the compressor, otherwise injury or damage can
occur.

DO NOT store filled oxygen cylinders near a furnace, hot

water tank, in the trunk of a car or other high temperature
area. Storage in areas such as this can result in bursting of the
cylinder or fire.
The use of this device is limited to the oxygen patient.
Cylinders MUST be used ONLY by the oxygen patient and are
not to be distributed to any other individual for any purpose.
Invacare products are specifically designed and
manufactured for use in conjunction with Invacare
accessories. Accessories designed by other manufacturers
have not been tested by Invacare and are not recommended
for use with Invacare products.
DO NOT use outdoors.
The maximum patient flow while filling cylinders with the
IOH200 is 3 L/min. for Platinum 5 and XL, 5 L/min. for
Platinum 10. Patients with a higher prescribed flow should
not transfill while receiving supplemental oxygen treatment
from the Platinum Concentrator.
NEVER block the air openings of the product or place it on a
soft surface, such as a bed or couch, where the air opening
may be blocked. Keep the openings free from lint, hair and the
like.
DO NOT disassemble. The unit is provided with double
insulation and has no serviceable parts. Refer to Servicing of
Double-Insulated Products on page 11. If any service is
required, contact Invacare Technical Service.
If the compressor has a damaged cord or plug, if it is not
working properly, if it has been dropped or damaged, or
submersed in water, call a qualified technician for
examination and repair.

If any leakage of the oxygen cylinder is detected DO NOT

attempt to use the cylinder. Turn the flow selector knob on the
regulator to Off. If leakage persists, place the cylinder
outdoors and notify your Home Health Care Provider or
Service Representative of this condition.
The HomeFill II is equipped with a high pressure relief valve
to ensure the user’s safety. When activated, this safety feature
will make an extremely loud noise. If this noise occurs, turn
the unit Off and contact your Home Health Care Provider or
Service Representative.
Unplug unit from outlet when not in use and before cleaning.
This appliance is provided with double insulation. Use only
identical replacement parts. Refer to Servicing of
Double-Insulated Products on page 11.
Servicing of Double-Insulated Products

In a double-insulated product, two systems of insulation are
provided instead of grounding. No grounding means is
provided on a double-insulated product, nor is a means for
grounding to be added to the product. Servicing a
double-insulated product requires extreme care and
knowledge of the system, and is to be done only by qualified
service personnel. Replacement parts for a double-insulated
product MUST be identical to the parts they replace. A
double-insulated product is marked with the words
"DOUBLE INSULATION" or "DOUBLE INSULATED". The
symbol ( ) is also able to be marked on the product.
CAUTION
DO NOT unplug the power cord by pulling on the cord. To
unplug, grasp the plug not the cord, otherwise damage may
occur.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

HomeFill II Compressor
™ 11 Part No 1100873
SECTION 2—INITIAL SETUP

NOTE: Dealers Only - Refer to Dealer Information on page 6 before
performing this procedure.
Initial Set Up of Compressor

Compressor Initial Setup Checklist
Before operating the HomeFill II Compressor for the first
time, complete the following checklist:
❑ Choose a location for the compressor.
❑ Transport the compressor to the desired location.
❑ Connect the power cord to the compressor.
❑ Connect the compressor to the concentrator.
Choosing a location
The compressor should be at least three inches away from
walls, draperies or furniture to ensure sufficient air flow.
Avoid placing the compressor next to heaters, radiators or hot
air registers.
DO NOT use in a closet.
The compressor should sit on a hard flat stable surface, such
as a table or the Ready Rack.
WARNING
NEVER use near any type of flame or flammable/explosive
substances, vapors or atmosphere.

Transporting the Compressor
WARNING
NEVER transport a compressor with a cylinder connected
to or stored on the compressor, otherwise injury or
damage can occur.
CAUTION
When transporting the compressor, be careful not to
bump the compressor or the connectors into obstacles.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor may occur.

1. There are two methods to Hand Grip Hand Grip
safely transport the
compressor:
A. One hand - Grasp the
hand grip at the
bottom rear of the
compressor.
B. Two hands - Grasp
the hand grips on the Hand Grip
sides of compressor. FIGURE 2.1 Transporting
the Compressor
Installing the Power Cord

1. Ensure the compressor is on a hard flat stable surface, such
as a table or the Ready Rack.
2. Make sure the power switch is in the Off (O) position
3. Plug the power cord into the electric connector in the back
of the compressor.

4. Plug the opposite end of the power cord into the wall
outlet.
Wall Compressor
Outlet (REAR)
Electrical
Connection
Power
Cord
NOTE: This product has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than
the other). As a safety feature, this plug will fit in a polarized outlet
only one way. If the plug does not fit fully in the outlet, reverse the
plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. DO NOT
attempt to defeat this safety feature.
FIGURE 2.2 Installing the Power Cord
Connecting the Compressor to the Concentrator

1. Insert one end of the interconnect hose into the outlet
fitting on the back of the concentrator (Detail “A”).
2. Insert the opposite end of the interconnect hose into the
inlet fitting on the side of the compressor (Detail “B”).
NOTE: The metal tabs on the concentrator outlet fitting and the
compressor inlet fitting will pop out with an audible “click” when
the end of the interconnect hose is properly installed (Detail “C”).
3. Loop any excess interconnect hose and secure to the back
of the concentrator with the fastening straps.

DETAIL “A” DETAIL “C”

Insert End of
Interconnect Inlet/Outlet Fitting
Interconnect Hose into
Hose Inlet/Outlet Fitting
Metal
Tab
DETAIL “B”
CONCENTRATOR
TOP VIEW Compressor
Power
Outlet Fitting
Cord
Inlet Fitting
FIGURE 2.3 Connecting the Compressor to the Concentrator

SECTION 3—CHECKLIST AND CYLINDER INSPECTION
SECTION 3—CHECKLIST AND

CYLINDER INSPECTION
Compressor Operation Checklist

Each time the HomeFill II Compressor is used to fill a
cylinder, complete the following checklist:
❑ Ensure the concentrator has been On for at least thirty
minutes. Refer to the concentrator Owner’s Manual.
❑ Perform the prefill inspection on the cylinder.
❑ Connect the cylinder to the compressor.
❑ Push the compressor power switch to the on ( ) position.
❑ Examine the indicator lights on the control panel.
❑ Disconnect and remove the full cylinder.
❑ Push the compressor power switch to the Off (O) position.
❑ If filling another cylinder, repeat this checklist.
Cylinder Prefill Inspection
WARNING
ONLY use cylinders that have the Invacare HomeFill II
connection and the label.
All cylinders MUST be inspected before attempting to fill.
Otherwise, injury or damage may occur.

! DANGER
Improper filling or abuse of this cylinder, or failure to follow
these safety instructions may cause serious bodily injury or
death. High pressure oxidizing gas vigorously accelerates
combustion.
DO NOT alter or modify cylinder or related components.
DO NOT use Oil or Grease. Keep cylinder, cylinder valve, all
equipment and connections free of oil and grease to avoid
violent ignition resulting in serious bodily injury or death.
! WARNING
For medical applications. Use only as directed by a licensed
practitioner. Uninterrupted use of high concentrations of oxygen
over a long duration, without monitoring its effect on oxygen
content of arterial blood, may be harmful.
Oxygen Cylinders filled by the Venture HomeFill
shall be used for personal use only. "Not to be
filled for resale or use by professional users". OXYGEN
This cylinder is to be used with the Invacare Venture 2
HomeFill system. This cylinder contains 93 ++ 3%
oxygen produced by an oxygen concentrator using
the pressure swing adsorption process.
DO NOT handle cylinder or use contents until you are
professionally trained, including emergency procedures.
Use in accordance with Venture HomeFill Operator’s Manual.
Open valve slowly. Close valve after each use and when empty.
Secure cylinder during storage and use. No smoking in cylinder
area. Keep away from heat, flame and spark. Keep out of
reach of children. DO NOT drop.
Transfilling of this gas is performed by Venture HomeFill Only.
Cylinders that have been refinished and/or exposed to
elevated temperatures must be hydrostatically tested before
filling. Cylinder temperature should not exceed 125°F (52°C).
Aluminum cylinders subject to the action of fire or heated to
temperatures in excess of 350°F must be withdrawn from
service and condemned by trained personnel. DO NOT use
caustic paint strippers. Valve and safety relief devices must be
removed and replaced by trained and authorized
personnel. DO NOT alter or change valve assembly.
Invacare Corporation DO NOT REMOVE THIS PRODUCT LABEL
2101 E. Lake Mary Blvd.
Sanford, FL 32773
Not for Commercial Resale
1-800-832-4707 Part Number 1125090 Rev B - 11/04
FIGURE 3.1 Cylinder Prefill Inspection

The Hydrostatic Testing Date

Aluminum cylinders MUST undergo testing every five years.
WARNING
DO NOT fill cylinders that have not been tested in the
past five years. Otherwise, serious personal injury may
result. Contact your dealer for replacement.
External Examination
1. Examine the outside of the cylinder for the following
conditions, and replace the cylinder if they exist:
• Dents or dings
• Arc burns
• Oil or grease
• Any other signs of damage that might cause a cylinder
to be unacceptable or unsafe for use.
2. Examine the cylinder for evidence of fire or thermal
damage. Evidence includes charring or blistering of the
paint, or other protective coating or heat sensitive
indicator. If fire or thermal damage is found, replace the
cylinder.
3. Inspect the cylinder/regulator assembly for the following
and replace if found:
• Debris, oil or grease
• Noticeable signs of damage
• Signs of corrosion inside the valve
• Signs of excessive heat or fire damage

Please Seal with
Tape Before Mailing
REGISTER YOUR PRODUCT!
The benefits of registering:
1. Safeguard your investment.
2. Ensure long term maintenance and servicing of your purchase.
3. Receive updates with product information, maintenance tips, and industry
news.
4. Invacare can contact you or your provider, if servicing is needed on your
product.
5. It will enable Invacare to improve product designs based on your input
and needs.
Register ONLINE at www.invacare.com

- or -
Complete form and mail.
Any registration information you submit will be used by Invacare Corporation
only, and protected as required by applicable laws and regulations.
PRODUCT REGISTRATION FORM

NAME _____________________________________________________
ADDRESS __________________________________________________
CITY _______________________ STATE/PROVINCE _____________
ZIP/POSTAL CODE ________________
EMAIL ___________________________ PHONE NO. ____________
INVACARE MODEL NO. _____________________________________
SERIAL NO. ______________________
PURCHASED FROM _______________
DATE OF PURCHASE: _____________

1. Method of purchase: (check all that apply)
❏ Medicare ❏ Insurance ❏ Medicaid ❏ Other
2. This product was purchased for use by: (check one)

❏ Self ❏ Parent ❏ Spouse ❏ Other
3. Product was purchased for use at:

❏ Home ❏ Facility ❏ Other
4. I purchased an Invacare product because:

❏ Price ❏ Features (list features)
5. Who referred you to Invacare products? (check all that apply)

❏ Doctor ❏ Therapist ❏ Friend ❏ Relative ❏ Dealer/Provider ❏ Other
❏ Advertisement (circle one): TV, Radio, Magazine, Newspaper ❏ No Referral
6. What additional features, if any, would you like to see on this product?
_________________________________________________________________
7. Would you like information sent to you about Invacare products that may be
available for a particular medical condition? ❏ Yes ❏ No
If yes, please list any condition(s) here and we will send you information by email and/or
mail about any available Invacare products that may help treat, care for or manage such
condition(s):
_________________________________________________________________
8. Would you like to receive updated information via email or regular mail about the
Invacare home medical products sold by Invacare's dealers? ❏ Yes ❏ No
_________________________________________________________________
9. What would you like to see on the Invacare website?

_________________________________________________________________
10. Would you like to be part of future online surveys for Invacare products? ❏ Yes
❏ No
11. User's Year of birth: _________________
If at any time you wish not to receive future mailings from us, please contact us at Invacare
Corporation, CRM Department, 39400 Taylor Parkway, Elyria, OH 44035, or fax to
877-619-7996 and we will remove you from our mailing list.
TO FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT OUR PRODUCTS, VISIT

WWW.INVACARE.COM
SECTION 4—COMPRESSOR OPERATION
OPERATION
Connecting/Disconnecting the Cylinder

to/from the Compressor
Connecting the Cylinder to the Compressor
WARNING
NEVER use tools of any kind to connect/disconnect the
cylinder and the compressor. Otherwise, severe injury
and/or damage may occur.
DO NOT drop oxygen cylinders. Use two hands when
handling/transporting oxygen cylinders. Otherwise, injury
or damage may occur.
DO NOT use a liquid leak detector to test for leaks.
NOTE: For this procedure, refer to FIGURE 4.1 on page 24 and

FIGURE 4.2 on page 26.
1. Examine the cylinder gauge. If the cylinder pressure is less
than 1500 psig, proceed to STEP 2 (FIGURE 4.2).
NOTE: If the cylinder pressure is greater than 1500 psig., DO
NOT attempt to top off this cylinder. It may not fill.
2. Set the regulator flow dial on the cylinder to Off (FIGURE
4.2).
3. Remove the cylinder and connector fillport covers (if
present).

CAUTION
DO NOT connect the outlet (cannula) connection to the
HomeFill II compressor, otherwise the conserving
cylinder will not work properly.
4. Momentarily push DOWN on the outer ring (sleeve) of the

connector fillport until GREEN dots are visible to reset the
connector (FIGURE 4.1).
NOTE: If the outer ring (sleeve) is in the UP position
(GREEN dots not visible), the connector fillport will not
be able to accept the cylinder fillport. Pushing DOWN
momentarily will reset the connector fillport (GREEN
dots visible) to accept the cylinder fillport.
PUSH Outer Ring (Sleeve)
DOWN
Connector Fillport
GREEN Dots
BEFORE
COUPLING
CYLINDER
PUSH DOWN
ON SLEEVE
UNTIL
GREEN DOTS
ARE VISIBLE
FIGURE 4.1 Resetting Connector Fillport

5. Grasp the cylinder/regulator assembly in the area behind
the cylinder gauge (FIGURE 4.2).
6. Position the cylinder in the compressor cradle (FIGURE
4.2).
7. Align the cylinder fillport with the connector fillport
(FIGURE 4.2).

8. Pull UP on the outer ring (sleeve) of the connector fillport

while pushing DOWN on the cylinder/regulator assembly
to couple the cylinder fillport into the connector fillport
(FIGURE 4.2).
NOTE: The cylinder is properly connected when an audible “click”
is heard.

Compressor
Cylinder/Regulator
Assembly
Cylinder
Fillport
Connector
Fillport
Outer Ring
(Sleeve)
Cylinder
Gauge
PULL UP
Regulator Regulator
Cylinder Flow Dial
Cylinder Outlet (Cannula)
Gauge Connection
Cylinder Fillport
Power
Switch
Connector
Fillport
Compressor
Cradle Outer Ring
(Sleeve)
NOTE: Fillport covers not shown for clarity.
FIGURE 4.2 Connecting the Cylinder to the Compressor

Disconnecting the Cylinder from the Compressor
WARNING
NEVER use tools of any kind to connect/disconnect the
cylinder and the compressor. Otherwise, severe injury
and/or damage may occur.

1. Press the compressor power switch to the Off (O) position.
2. Grasp the cylinder/regulator assembly in the area behind
the cylinder gauge.
3. With the other hand, grasp the outer ring (sleeve) of the
connector fillport and push DOWN.
4. Lift up on the cylinder/regulator assembly to remove from
the connector fillport.
Cylinder/Regulator
Assembly PUSH DOWN
Cylinder
Gauge Outer Ring
Cylinder
Compressor (Sleeve)
Fillport
Connector
Fillport
FIGURE 4.3 Disconnecting the Cylinder from the Compressor

5. When the cylinder fillport is disconnected from the

connector fillport, release the outer ring (sleeve) of the
connector fillport and use two hands to remove the
cylinder from the compressor cradle.
WARNING
The fillport cover on the connector fillport and the
cylinder fillport MUST be replaced after filling and
whenever not in use. If either of the fillport covers are
missing contact your healthcare provider before using.
6. Place the fillport covers onto the connector fillport and

cylinder fillport.
7. Examine the cylinder gauge to ensure cylinder is full
(needle pointing into GREEN area). If the cylinder is not
full, perform the following:
• Repeat Connecting the Cylinder to the Compressor on
page 23.
• If cylinder is not full after second attempt to fill, contact
the provider.
Cylinder Fillport Cover
Connector Fillport Cover
FIGURE 4.4 Fillport Covers

Turning the Compressor On

1. Make sure the concentrator is On. Refer to the
concentrator Owner’s Manual.
CAUTION
The concentrator flow rate to the patient MUST be set at
maximum: 3 L/min. or less for Platinum 5, XL and 5
L/min. for Platinum 10. Otherwise, the oxygen level to the
compressor will be <90% and the compressor will not fill
the cylinder.
2. Set the concentrator flow rate to the patient to 3 L/min. or

less for Platinum 5, XL and 5 L/min. for Platinum 10. Refer
to the concentrator Owner’s Manual.
3. Make sure the cylinder is connected to the compressor.
Refer to Connecting the Cylinder to the Compressor on
page 23.
4. Push the power switch on the control panel to the On ( )
position.
5. Examine the control panel. The following sequence of
events should occur:
A. 0-3 minutes - The O2 Below Normal (YELLOW) light
will be lit while the compressor warms up.
B. After three minutes - The FILLING (GREEN) light will
be on while the cylinder is filling.
C. The FULL (GREEN) light will be on when the cylinder
is finished filling. Proceed to STEP 6.
NOTE: The O2 BELOW NORMAL (YELLOW) light may come on
if the oxygen level from the concentrator has not yet reached or drops
below 90%. The compressor will begin or resume filling when the

oxygen level reaches 90%. If light does not go Off within 10

minutes, refer to Troubleshooting/ Cylinder Fill times on page 34.
NOTE: If the ATTENTION (RED) light and audible alarm are on.
Refer to Troubleshooting/ Cylinder Fill times on page 34.
6. Remove the full cylinder. Refer to Disconnecting the
Cylinder from the Compressor on page 27.
7. Push the power switch to the Off (O) position.
Control Panel Attention (RED light and

Audible Alarm)
TM O2 below normal
(YELLOW light)
Filling
(GREEN Full
Light)
FILLING
(GREEN Light)
O
O`qsMn-0026288Q du-@01./5./4
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
See Operator's Manual
Power Switch
FIGURE 4.5 Turning the Compressor On

Setting the Flow Knob to the Prescribed

Setting
1. Attach the nasal cannula to the outlet fitting of the
cylinder.
2. Turn the flow knob to the L/min. setting prescribed by
your physician or therapist.
WARNING
As changing the L/min. setting on the flow knob will affect
the dose of oxygen delivered, DO NOT readjust the
L/min. setting unless directed by your physician or
therapist.
3. To turn the flow of oxygen Off, turn the flow knob

counter-clockwise to the Off position.
Outlet Fitting
Flow Knob
Prescribed Setting
FIGURE 4.6 Setting the Flow Knob to the Prescribed Setting

SECTION 5—INDICATOR LIGHTS

INDICATOR LIGHT COMPRESSOR EFFECT
COLOR STATUS
None Compressor is Off O2 flowing to user if
concentrator is on
O2 BELOW NORMAL - Compressor is On and Cylinder filling not
YELLOW warming up started
(0-3 minutes after
O2 flowing to user if
power is On)
concentrator is On
O2 from concentrator Cylinder filling stops,
is < 90% (any time after will restart when O2
three minute warmup) > 90%
O2 flowing to user if
concentrator is On
FILLING - GREEN Compressor is On and Cylinder is filling
cylinder is filling. O2
from concentrator is O2 flowing to user if
>90% (any time after
concentrator is On
three minute warmup)
FULL - GREEN Compressor is On. Cylinder filling stops

Cylinder is finished Cannot fill another
filling (full) -remove cylinder until
cylinder (FULL light is compressor is turned
On in >10 mins.) Off and On again
or
Cylinder is not O2 flowing to user if
attached properly - concentrator is On
check connection
(FULL light is On in
<10 mins.)

INDICATOR LIGHT COMPRESSOR EFFECT

COLOR STATUS
ATTENTION - RED Compressor is On. Compressor does not
(Audible Alarm) Cylinder NOT filling begin to fill or stops
Causes: filling
Full cylinder attached Unit must be turned Off
when unit turned On - and On before
replace with empty filling can occur
cylinder
or O2 flowing to user if
Internal failure - concentrator is On
contact dealer

SECTION 6—TROUBLESHOOTING/ CYLINDER FILL TIMES
SECTION 6—TROUBLESHOOTING/
CYLINDER FILL TIMES
TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBLEM SOLUTION
No indicator lights on 1. Turn compressor Off.
when compressor turned 2. Check that power cord is properly plugged
on. into compressor and wall outlet.
3. Turn the compressor On.
4. Clean air filters. Refer to Maintenance on
page 37.
5. If performing STEPS 1-4 does not cause any
indicator lights to come on, contact your home
health care provider or Invacare for service.
RED Light ON 1.Check the cylinder gauge to see if it is FULL.
Cylinder full - Remove the cylinder and turn the
unit Off. Perform the Cylinder Prefill Inspection
on page 16 with a cylinder that is NOT FULL.
Cylinder not full - Proceed to STEP 2.
2. Check that the cylinder is connected properly.
Turn the compressor Off. Remove the cylinder
and reinstall. Turn the compressor On.
3. If cylinder is not full and is connected properly,
the compressor may have internal failure.
Contact your home health care provider or
Invacare.
Compressor cycles ON 1. Check the concentrator liter flow setting is at 3
and Off L/min. or less.
or If necessary, adjust the liter flow setting (refer to
O2 BELOW NORMAL the concentrator owner’s manual). Wait at least
(YELLOW) and FILLING 20 minutes for the GREEN light to appear. If it
(GREEN) does not appear, proceed to STEP 2.
lights are alternating 2. The concentrator may need service, contact
or your home health care provider or Invacare.
O2 BELOW NORMAL
(YELLOW)
light goes On and Off

TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBLEM SOLUTION
O2 BELOW NORMAL 1. Ensure the concentrator has warmed up for at
(YELLOW) light stays On least 20 minutes.If it has not been 20 minutes,
turn the compressor Off until the concentrator
warms up. If the YELLOW light still remains on
proceed to STEP 2.
2. Inspect the connection between the compres-
sor and the concentrator for damage or pinching.
If damaged, replace. If pinched, straighten tubing.
Turn the compressor Off for at least 10
seconds.
Turn the compressor On. If the YELLOW light
still remains on after 10 minutes, proceed to
STEP 3.
3. The concentrator may need service, contact
your home health care provider or Invacare.
Fill times exceed 1. Ensure the cylinder regulator is set to Off.
maximum as 2. Check the recommended fill times shown in
recommended fill times Cylinder Fill Times on page 36.
OR GREEN 3. Check that the cylinder is connected properly.
filling light stays On. Turn the compressor
Off. Remove the cylinder and reinstall. Turn the
compressor ON.
4. Check the compressor/concentrator line for
proper connection and/or damage (i.e. - leaks or
kinks).
5. Check the concentrator liter flow setting is at
three L/min. or less. If necessary, adjust the liter
flow setting (refer to the concentrator owner’s
manual). If the GREEN filling light does not go Off,
the compressor and/or concentrator may need
service. Contact your home health care
provider or Invacare.
Excessive noise when 1. Call home health care provider or Invacare for
compressor is On service.
Hissing sound from Regu- 1. Turn flow selector Off.
lator when flow selector 2. If hissing sounds continue, call home health
is Off care provider or Invacare.

TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBLEM SOLUTION
Regulator is On but O2 is 1. Refill cylinder
not being delivered 2. Check that cannula is straight and not pinched.
If damaged, replace.
3. Call home health care provider or Invacare for
service.
CYLINDER FILL TIMES

Cylinder Concentrator Flow Rate to Patient:
Filling (Platinum 5 up to 3 L/min. and Platinum 10 up to 5
Times L/min)
HF2PC9 HF2PCL4 HF2PCL6
NORMAL 2 hr 20 min 60 min 1 hr 25 min
MAXIMUM 2 hr 45 min 1 hr 20 min 1 hr 50 min
NOTE: All filling times are approximate and may vary on
environmental conditions.

SECTION 7—MAINTENANCE
SECTION 7—MAINTENANCE
Cleaning the Compressor Filter
WARNING
Push the power switch to the Off (O) position and unplug
the compressor before cleaning.
DO NOT operate the compressor without the filter
installed.
CAUTION
DO NOT unplug by pulling on cord. To unplug, grasp the
plug not the cord, otherwise damage may occur.

NOTE: All compressors have one filter on the back of the cabinet.
NOTE: Perform this procedure at least once a week.
1. Unplug the compressor. Grasp the plug not the cord.
2. Remove the filter.
3. Clean the filter with a vacuum cleaner or wash in warm
soapy water and rinse thoroughly.
4. Dry the filter thoroughly before reinstallation.
Filter
FIGURE 7.1 Cleaning the Compressor Filter

LIMITED WARRANTY
Cabinet
WARNING
Push the power switch to the Off (O) position and unplug
the compressor before cleaning. To avoid electrical shock,
DO NOT remove cabinet.
1. Clean the cabinet with a mild household cleaner and

non-abrasive cloth or sponge.
LIMITED WARRANTY
NOTE: THE WARRANTY BELOW HAS BEEN DRAFTED TO
COMPLY WITH FEDERAL LAW APPLICABLE TO PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURED AFTER JULY 4, 1975.
This warranty is extended only to original purchaser who purchases
this product when new and unused from Invacare Corporation or a
dealer. This warranty is not extended to any other person or entity
and is not transferable or assignable to any subsequent purchaser or
owner Coverage under this warranty will end upon any such
subsequent sale or other transfer of title to any other person. This
warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other
Invacare warrants the HomeFill II Compressor to be free from
defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year
from date of purchase from Invacare or a dealer, with a copy of the
seller’s invoice required for coverage under this warranty.
Invacare warrants the HomeFill II internal wear components (piston
seals and rings, bearings, drive belts, check valves, pressure relief
components and electric motor) for a period of three (3) years from
the date of purchase from Invacare or a dealer, with a copy of the
seller’s invoice required for coverage under this warranty, or 5,000
hours, whichever comes first.
Invacare warrants the HomeFill II control panel components
(electrical switches, reset switch and indicator lights) for a period of
three (3) years from the date of purchase from Invacare or a dealer,
with a copy of the seller’s invoice required for coverage under this
warranty, or 5,000 hours, whichever comes first.

For Model Nos. IOH2M6 and IOH2M9, Invacare warrants the
HomeFill II regulator (NOT including the cylinder) to be free from
defects in materials and workmanship for a period of six (6) years
from date of purchase from Invacare or a dealer, with a copy of the
seller’s invoice required for coverage under this warranty.
For Model Nos. HF2PCL4, HF2PCL6 and HF2PC9, Invacare warrants
the HomeFill II regulator (NOT including the cylinder) to be free
from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two (2)
years from date of purchase from Invacare or a dealer, with a copy of
the seller’s invoice required for coverage under this warranty
DO NOT OPEN OR ATTEMPT TO SERVICE UNLESS SERVICE IS
PROVIDED BY AN INVACARE-CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN;
otherwise, this will void any and all warranties. If within such warranty
periods any such product shall be proven to Invacare's satisfaction to
be defective, such product shall be repaired or replaced, at Invacare's
option. This warranty only applies to the labor for repairs performed
by the Invacare Service Department or Invacare dealers. It does not
apply to the labor performed by the purchaser or user. This warranty
does not include normal wear and tear, failure to adhere to the
product instructions, or shipping charges incurred in replacement
part installation or repair of any such product. Invacare's sole
obligation and your exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be
limited to such repair or replacement. Routine maintenance items,
such as filters, are excluded from this warranty.
For warranty service, please contact Invacare's service department at
the toll free number on the back page during normal working hours.
Upon receiving notice of an alleged defect in a product, Invacare will
issue a serialized return authorization. It shall be the responsibility of
the purchaser, at the purchaser's cost, to return the unit, pack the
unit in a manner to avoid shipping damage and to ship the unit to
either Invacare's plant or service center as specified by Invacare in
advance. Defective units must be returned for warranty inspection
using the serial number as identification within thirty (30) days of
return authorization date. Do not return products to our factory
without prior consent. C.O.D. shipments will be refused; please
prepay shipping charges.
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS: THE FOREGOING
WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO PRODUCTS SUBJECTED
TO NEGLIGENCE, ACCIDENT, IMPROPER OPERATION,
MAINTENANCE OR STORAGE, SOOT OR SMOKE-FILLED
ENVIRONMENTS, OR OTHER THAN NORMAL APPLICATION,
USE OR SERVICE, OR TO PRODUCTS MODIFIED WITHOUT
INVACARE CORPORATION'S EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MODIFICATION
THROUGH THE USE OF UNAUTHORIZED PARTS OR
ATTACHMENTS) OR TO PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY REASON OF
REPAIRS MADE TO ANY COMPONENT WITHOUT THE
SPECIFIC CONSENT OF INVACARE CORPORATION OR TO
PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND
THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN
LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, AND THE SOLE REMEDY FOR VIOLATIONS OF ANY
WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR OR
REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT PURSUANT TO
THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN. THE APPLICATION OF ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY WHATSOEVER SHALL NOT EXTEND
BEYOND THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY
PROVIDED HEREIN. INVACARE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR
ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE,
OR LIMITATION OF HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY
LASTS, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU.
THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE EXTENDED TO COMPLY WITH
STATE/PROVINCIAL LAWS AND REQUIREMENTS.

USA Invacare, the Medallion Design,
One Invacare Way Yes, You Can. are registered
Elyria, Ohio USA trademarks of Invacare Corporation.
44036-2125 Platinum and HomeFill are trademarks
800-333-6900 of Invacare Corporation
© 2006 Invacare Corporation.
Technical Services
800-832-4707 Part No 1100873
Rev G - 11/01/06
INVACARE CHECK O2 PLUS HAND-HELD ANALYZER
ANALIZADOR DE OXIGENO PORTALBE INVACARE CHECK O2
ANALYSEUR D' O2 PORTABLE INVACARE
Assembly, Installation and Operating Instructions - ENGLISH

Instrucciones de Ensamble, Instalación y Operación - DOMESTIC SPANISH
Instructions pour l'assemblage, l'installation et l'utilisation - FRENCH CANADIAN
USER: BEFORE USING THIS ANALYZER, READ THIS MANUAL AND SAVE FOR FUTURE
REFERENCE.
NOTE: Check all parts for shipping damage. If dam- INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE (FIGURE 1)
age is found, DO NOT use. Contact Carrier/Invacare `
for further instructions. 1. Press the ON ( I ) button. The LCD display should
come on.
SAFETY SUMMARY NOTE:The analyzer automatically shuts off after approxi-
The following recommendations are made for mately two (2) minutes of operation. This helps save bat-
the safe and proper use of the Invacare Check tery life.
O2 Plus Hand-Held Analyzer: 2. The display will show “FLO” for approximately two (2)
WARNING seconds and then switch to readings in L/min.
DO NOT install this equipment without first read- 3. If no reading is displayed or if display is erratic or fro-
ing and understanding this instruction sheet. If zen, refer to the troubleshooting section of this instruc-
you are unable to understand these instructions, tion sheet.
contact a healthcare professional, dealer or 4. In order to measure oxygen concentration or
technical personnel if applicable before at- flow rate, connect the analyzer’s FLOW/CON-
tempting to install this equipment - otherwise, CENTRATION inlet with a piece of ¼-inch (I.D.)
injury or damage may occur. crushproof tubing to the outlet fitting of the gas
Oxygen rapidly accelerates combustion: source to be measured.
5. In order to measure pressure, connect the analyzer’s
DO NOT smoke while using oxygen.
PRESSURE inlet with a piece of ¼-inch (I.D.)
DO NOT use oxygen in the presence of flames, crushproof tubing to the outlet fitting of the gas source
sparks, or glowing objects. to be measured.
Ensure that all items are properly and securely 6. Pressing the FUNCTION ( ) button will toggle
installed. the analyzer through its various detecting functions.
CAUTION DISPLAY MEASURES VALUE
“Caution: Federal law restricts this device to FLO Flow rate Liters per minute
sale by or on order of a physician, or any other O2 Oxygen concentration Percentage oxygen
practitioner licensed by the law of the State PSI Pressure Pounds per square inch
in which he practices to use or order the use HPA Pressure KiloPascals
of this device.” NOTE: The Invacare Check O2 Plus Hand-Held Analyzer
can be used to measure the performance of an oxygen
DO NOT expose any port of the analyzer to
concentrator from its outlet fitting, or any concentrator ac-
any pressure greater than 20 PSI or damage
cessory such as the Invacare Remote Flowmeter or Pe-
may result to internal components.
diatric Flowmeter. However, Invacare does NOT recom-
DO NOT use the analyzer on pure oxygen from mend using the Invacare Check O2 Plus Hand-Held Ana-
high pressure cylinders or liquid systems. lyzer to measure flow rates below 1 L/min. See product
DO NOT use the Invacare Check O2 Plus specifications.
Hand-Held Analyzer on any gas stream that NOTE: The concentrator output gas, measured from the
is humidified. Use of the analyzer with water concentrator outlet fitting or from a concentrator accessory
vapor can cause erroneous readings and in- outlet fitting,must NOT contain humidified gas. Disconnect
ternal damage. any humidifier bottle before taking any readings to prevent
erroneous readings and damage to the internal flow sen-
INTENDED USE sor. Be sure to reconnect any required humidifier bottle
before returning any equipment to patient use.
NOTE: The Invacare Check O2 Plus Hand-Held Ana-
lyzer is designed and calibrated for use in measuring Pressure Flow/
unhumidified output gas of an oxygen concentrator ONLY. Inlet Concentration
NOTE: The analyzer is not for continuous monitoring Inlet
of patient gases.
LCD
NOTE: There are no user serviceable parts inside the
Display
analyzer. Field calibration of the unit is not required.
NOTE: When using the analyzer after storage in either Function
extremely hot or cold conditions, allow the gas being Button
measured to flow through the analyzer for one (1) minute
to bring the internal sensor up to the gas stream tem- On Button
perature. FIGURE 1-INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
2
7. With "O2" readings, values below 70% will be PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
displayed as "LO".
OPERATIONAL
8. When the battery is completely discharged, BAt
will flash once on the LCD and the analyzer will Pressure:
turn itself off. Refer to section on changing the Range: 0 to 10 PSIG 0 to 68.9 kPa
battery in this Instruction sheet. Resolution: 0.1 PSI 0.7 kPa
Accuracy: + 2% F.S. + 2% F.S.
CHANGING THE BATTERY Flow:

Range: 0 to 6.0 L/min.
NOTE: The internal battery needs to be replaced when- Input: Unhumidified oxygen
ever the BAt display is seen on the LCD. concentrator output only
Resolution: 0.1 L/min.
1. Turn the analyzer over. Accuracy: + 5% F.S. (+ 0.3 L/min.)
2. Remove the six (6) screws holding the case bot- Gas Stream
tom to the top and take the bottom cover off.
Temperature: +59 to +95°F / +15 to +35°C
3. Remove the discharged battery from the battery
clips and dispose of or recycle properly. Concentration:
Range: 73% to 96% O2
CAUTION Input: Unhumidified oxygen
Observe proper polarity for battery installation. concentrator output only
Resolution: 0.1 %
4. Install a new 9 volt battery on the battery clips. Accuracy: + 2%
Make sure the battery snaps tightly on the clips. Gas Stream
NOTE: Use of a DURACELL® alkaline 9 volt battery Temperature: +59 to +95°F / +15 to +35°C
will provide for maximum life of the unit.
Alarm: Low battery
5. Turn the unit over and press the ON button. The
Power On Time: 1 minute, 45 seconds +5 seconds
display should come on. If it does, replace the bot-
tom cover and install the six cover screws. Display: LCD
6. If the unit does not come on, remove the battery, Battery: Single NEDA/ANSI 1604A
check it in another device or on a battery tester alkaline 9 volt
and reinstall it. Try turning the unit on again.
Battery life: 400+ hours (13,700+ read
7. If the unit still fails to operate with a known good
cycles) with alkaline battery
battery, contact Invacare Technical Service for re-
pair. Warranty: 2 years
PHYSICAL: Weight: 10 oz. (295g)
TROUBLESHOOTING Width: 3.3 in. (8.38 cm)
Length: 7.3 in. (18.54 cm)
NOTE: There are no user serviceable parts inside the Length Includung
analyzer. Inlet Fittings: 7.9 in. (20.07 cm)
Thickness: 1.25 in. (3.18 cm)
1. If the unit fails to come on, replace the battery with
a known good battery. ENVIRONMENTAL
2. If the unit fails to come on with known good bat- Operating
tery, contact Invacare Technical Service for repair. Temperature
3. If the unit comes on but the FUNCTION button Range: +59 to +95°F / +15 to +35°C
does not select any functions, contact Invacare Storage
Technical Service for repair. Temperature
4. If the display comes on but the readings are er- Range: -4 to +158°F / -20 to +70°C
ratic or frozen, contact Invacare Technical Service
for repair. Humidity range: 20 to 60% relative humidity
5. If a segment of the display is missing or displayed Altitude
intermittently, contact Invacare Technical Service (maximum): Up to 6000 ft. (1828 meters)
for repair. above sea level
3
LIMITED WARRANTY
PLEASE NOTE: THE WARRANTY BELOW HAS BEEN DRAFTED TO COMPLY WITH FEDERAL LAW APPLI-
CABLE TO PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AFTER JULY 4, 1975.
This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser/user of our products.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other legal rights which vary
from state to state.
Invacare warrants its parts to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of
two (2) years from date of purchase. If within such warranty period any such product shall be
proven to be defective, such product shall be repaired or replaced, at Invacare's option. This
warranty does not include any labor or shipping charges incurred in replacement part installa-
tion or repair of any such product. Invacare's sole obligation and your exclusive remedy under
this warranty shall be limited to such repair and/or replacement.
For warranty service, please contact your supplier or dealer.
DO NOT return products or parts directly to our factory without prior written consent. Any such
shipments will be refused.
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO SERIAL NUM-
BERED PRODUCTS IF THE SERIAL NUMBER HAS BEEN REMOVED OR DEFACED, PRODUCTS SUB-
JECTED TO NEGLIGENCE, ACCIDENT, IMPROPER OPERATION, MAINTENANCE OR STORAGE, COM-
MERCIAL OR INSTITUTIONAL USE, PRODUCTS MODIFIED WITHOUT INVACARE CORPORATION'S
EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MODIFICATION THROUGH THE
USE OF UNAUTHORIZED PARTS OR ATTACHMENTS) OR TO PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY REASON OF
REPAIRS MADE TO ANY COMPONENT WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC CONSENT OF INVACARE CORPO-
RATION OR TO A PRODUCT DAMAGED BY CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND INVACARE
CORPORATION'S CONTROL. SUCH EVALUATION WILL BE SOLELY DETERMINED BY INVACARE. THE
WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO PROBLEMS ARISING FROM NORMAL WEAR OR FAILURE TO
ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES.
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, IF ANY, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SHALL NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE DURATION OF THE EX-
PRESSED WARRANTY PROVIDED HEREIN AND THE REMEDY FOR VIOLATIONS OF ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT PURSU-
ANT TO THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN. INVACARE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUEN-
TIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER.
THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE EXTENDED TO COMPLY WITH STATE/PROVINCIAL LAWS AND REQUIRE-
MENTS.
4
NOTA: Inspeccione todas las piezas por daño du- extremadamente calientes o frías, deje fluir el gas
rante el envío. En caso de daño, NO lo use. que se analiza, a través del analizador, durante un
Póngase en contacto con el agente de la entrega (1) minuto, para adaptar el sensor interno a la
o Invacare, para futuras instrucciones. temperatura de la fuente del gas.
SUMARIO DE ADVERTENCIAS INSTRUCCIONES PARA USAR LA
Las recomendaciones siguientes se hacen por
la seguridad y uso correcto del Analizador de
UNIDAD (FIGURA 1)
oxígeno portable Invacare Ceck O2. 1. Presione el botón "ON" ( I ). El visualizador de
cristal líquido debe de encender.
ATENCIÓN NOTA:El analizador se apagará automáticamente
NO instale este equipo sin antes leer y entender después de aproximadamente dos (2) minutos de
estas instrucciones. Si tiene dificultad en entender funcionamiento. Esto ayuda a prolongar la
estas instrucciones, póngase en contacto con duración de la batería.
un profesional de la salud, el proveedor de este
producto o personal técnico, si aplica, antes de 2. El visualizador mostrará “FLO” durante
intentar instalar este equipo. De otro modo, aproximadamente dos (2) segundos, y luego
herida personal o daño pueden resultar. desplagará lecturas en L/min.
El oxígeno acelera la combustión rápidamente. 3. Si no aparece ninguna lectura o si la que se muestra
es errática o sin ningún cambio, vea la sección
NO fume cuando esté utilizando oxígeno. de reparaciones en este folleto de intrucciones.
NO use oxígeno ante la presencia de llamas, 4. Para medir la concentración de oxígeno o el flujo,
chispas o objetos encendidos. conecte la fuente del gas a ser medido, con un
Asegúrese de que todas las piezas están pedazo de tubo para oxígeno "Crushproof” de
correctamente instaladas. 1/4 de pulgada de diámetro interno, al conector
PRECAUCIÓN de entrada para el FLUJO/CONCENTRACION
del Analizador.
“Precaución: La ley Federal restringe este
aparato a la venta por o bajo la orden de un 5. Para medir la presión, conecte el Analizador con
un pedazo de tubo para oxígeno “crushproof” de 1/4
médico u otro profesional de la medicina con
de pulgada de diámetro interno, al conector de la
licencia, otorgada por el Estado donde pratica
salida de la fuente del gas a presión a ser medido.
y usa u ordena el uso de este aparato.”
NO exponga ninguna entrada del analizador 6. Al presionar el botón de FUNCIÓN ( ) el
a una presión superior a 20 PSI. De lo contrario, analizador mostrará sus diversas funciones.
la unidad sufrirá daño interno. VISUAL. MIDE VALORES
NO use el analizador con oxígeno puro FLO Flujo Litros por minuto
procedente de cilindros de alta presión o O2 Concentración O2 Porcentaje de oxigeno
sistemas de oxígeno líquido. PSI Presión Libras por pulg.cuadrada
NO use el Analizador Portable de Oxígeno KPA Presión KiloPascals
Invacare Ceck O2 con ninguna fuente de NOTA: El Analizador de Oxígeno Portable Invacare
oxígeno gaseoso portadora de humedad. El Check O2 puede ser usado para tomar lecturas
uso del analizador con vapor de agua puede generadas por un concentrador de oxígeno, o un
provocar lecturas erróneas y daños internos.
accesorio, tales como un Medidor de Flujo Remoto o
un Medidor de Flujo Pediátrico. Sin embargo, Invac-
PROPOSITO are no recomienda usar el Analizador de Oxígeno
NOTA: El Analizador de Oxígeno Portable Invac-
are Ceck O2 ha sido diseñado y calibrado para Portable Invacare Check O2 para medir lecturas de
utilizarse ÚNICAMENTE para medir la flujo de menos de un litro por minuto (1L/min). Vea
concentración, en forma de gas, generada por un las especificaciones del producto.
concentrador de oxígeno sin humidificador. NOTA: La salida de oxígeno en estado gaseoso de
NOTA: El analizador no debe de usasrse para un concentrador, al ser analizada, no debe de
medir los gases de un paciente en forma continua. contener ningún gas humidificado. Desconecte
NOTA: No hay necesidad de que el usuario le de cualquier botella humidificadora antes de tomar la
ningún servicio interno al analizador. Tampoco hay lectura, para prevenir un lectura herronea y causar
necesidad de ninguna calibración de la unidad. daño al sensor interno. Asegúrese de conectar de
NOTA: Cuando utilice el analizador después de nuevo la botella humidificadora, al terminar el análicis,
haberlo guardado en condiciones ambientales antes de retornar el equipo al paciente que lo usa.
5
2. Si la unidad continúa fallando a pesar de la batería
Entrada de la Entrada de
buena, póngase en contacto con el Servicio Técnico
Presión Flujo y de
de Invacare a fin de que ésta sea reparada.
Concentración
3. Si la unidad enciende, pero el botón de FUNCIÓN
Visualizador no selecciona ninguna función, póngase en
de Cristal contacto con el Servicio Técnico de Invacare a fin
Botón Líquido de que ésta sea reparada.
Selector Botón de 4. Si la unidad enciende pero las lecturas son irráticas o
Encendido sinningúncambio,póngaseencontactoconelServicio
FIGURA 1- INSTRUCCIONES DE USO Técnico de Invacare para que ésta sea reparada.
7. En la lectura de concentración de oxígeno, 5. Si la lectura es incompleta o una sección de la
porcentajes de menos del 70% serán indicadas misma hace falta o aparece intermitentemente,
como “LO”. póngase en contacto con el Servicio Técnico de
Invacare para que la unidad sea reparada.
8. Cuando la batería está completamente
descargada, la lectura "BAt" encendeará en ESPECIFICACIONES DEL PRODUCTO
forma intermitente una vez en el Visualizador
FUNCIONAMIENTO
de Cristal Líquido y el analizador se parará
Presión:
automáticamente. Vea la sección de cambio de
Presión Máxima de Entrada: 68.95 kPa 0 to 10 PSIG
batería en este folleto de Instrucciones.
Resolución: 0.7 kPa 0.1 PSI
CAMBIO DE BATERÍA Precisión: + 2% + 2%
NOTA: La batería debe de ser reemplazada cuando la Flujo:
Flujo Máximo: 6.0 L/min.
lectura "BAt" aparece en el visualizador de cristal líquido.
Entrada: Sólo concentrador de
1. De vualta al analizador. oxígeno sin humidificador.
2. Extraiga los seis (6) tornillos que sujetan la tapa infe- Resolución: 0.1 L/min.
rior a la superior y separe la tapa inferior. Precisión: + 5% (+ 0.3 L/min.)
3. Saque la batería descargada del compartimiento Temperatura del Gas: +15 a +35°C
respectivo y deshágase de ella o disponga Concentración:
adecuadamente de su recirculación. Niveles: 73% to 96%
Entrada: Sólo concentrador de
PRECAUCIÓN oxígeno sin humidificador.
Observe la polaridad correspondiente al Resolución: 0.1 %
instalar las baterías nuevas. Precisión: + 2%
Temperatura del Gas: +15 a +35°C
4. Instale una bateria nueva de 9 voltios en el
Alarma: Batería Descargada
compartimiento correspondiente. Asegúrese de
Tiempo Que Queda: 1 minuto, 45 segundos + 5
que queda bien sujeta en los sostenedores.
segundos
NOTA: El uso de una batería alcalina de 9 voltios Visualizador: LCD
DURACELL® le proporcionará una mayor duración Batería: Individual NEDA/ANSI
de la unidad. 1604A alcalina de 9 voltios
5. De vuelta al analizador y presione el botón "ON". Duración Batería: 400+ horas (13,700+ ciclos de
El visualizador debe de encender. Si enciende, Lectura) con batería alcalina
coloque la tapa inferior en su lugar e instale los Garantía: 2 años
seis tornillos de la cubierta. DIMENSIONES: Peso: 0.30 kg.
Anchura: 8.380 cm.
6. Si la unidad no enciende, remueva la batería,
Largo: 18.54 cm.
pruébela en otro aparato o en un probador de
Largo incluyendo conexiones
baterías y vuelva a instalarla. De nuevo trate de
de entrada: 20.07 cm
encender la unidad.
Profundidad: 3.18 cm.
7. Si la unidad continúa fallando, póngas en contacto AMBIENTE:
conelServicioTécnicodeInvacareparasureparación. Temperatura
SI LA UNIDAD FALLA de Funcionamiento: +15 a +35°C
Temperatura
NOTA: No hay necesidad de que el usuario le de de Almacenamiento: -20 a +70°C
ningún servicio interno al analizador. Humedad: 20 a 60% humedad relativa
1. Si la unidad falla al encenderla, cambie la batería Altitud (máxima): Hasta 1,828 metros sobre
por una en buen estado. el nivel del mar
6
GARANTÍA
NOTA: ESTA GARANTIA HA SIDO ESCRITA PARA CUMPLIR CON LA LEY FEDERAL DE LOS ESADOS
UNIDOS APLICABLE A PRODUCTOS FABRICADOS DESPUES DEL 4 DE JULIO DE 1975.
La presente garantía se extiende únicamente al comprador original de nuestros productos.
Esta garantía le da derechos legales específicos y usted puediera tener otros derechos
legales los cuales varían de estado a estado.
Invacare garantiza que el Analizador de Oxígeno Portable Invacare Check O2 está libre
de defectos en sus materiales y mano de obra por un período de dos (2) años a partir de
la fecha de compra. Si dentro del período de la garantía, dicho producto fuera encontrado
con algún defecto, el cual tiene que ser comprobado por Invacare, dicho producto será
reparado o reemplazado a opción de Invacare. Esta garantía no incluye ninguna labor o
cargos por envío incurridos debido al reemplazo e instalación de una pieza o reparación
a tal producto. La única obligación de Invacare y el único remedio exclusivo bajo esta
garantía queda limitado a tal reparación o reemplazo.
Cuando necesite un servicio cubierto por la garantía, por favor póngase en contacto con
su proveedor.
NO envíe productos o partes directamente a nuestra fábrica, sin previo consentimiento
por escrito, porque estos serán reusados.
LIMITACIONES Y EXCLUSIONES: LA GARANTIA QUE PRECEDE NO APLICA A PRODUCTOS
CON NUMEROS DE SERIE QUE HAN SIDO REMOVIDOS O MUTILADOS; QUE HAN SIDO SUJETOS
A NEGLIGENCIA, ACCIDENTE, USO IMPROPIO, MANTENIMIENTO O ALMACANAMIENTO
INAPROPIADO, USO COMERCIAL O INSTITUCIONAL; PRODUCTOS MODIFICADOS SIN EL
CONSENTIMIENTO EXPRESO DE INVACARE POR ESCRITO (INCLUYENDO PERO NO LIMITADO
A MODIFICACION POR MEDIO DEL USO NO AUTORIZADO DE PARTES O ACCESORIOS)
PRODUCTOS DAÑADOS DEBIDO A REPARACIONES HECHAS A CUALQUIER COMPONENTE
SIN LA AUTORIZACION ESPECIFICA DE INVACARE; O PRODUCTOS DAÑADOS POR
CIRCUNSTANCIAS TOTALMENTE FUERA DEL CONTROL DE INVACARE. TAL EVALUACION SERA
DETERMINADA POR INVACARE SOLAMENTE. LA GARANTIA NO DEBE DE APLICAR A
PROBLEMAS COMO RESULTADO DE DESGASTE NORMAL O DEBIDO A NO ADHERIRSE A LAS
INSTRUCCIONES DE ESTE MANUAL.
LA GARANTIA QUE PRECEDE ES EXCLUSIVA Y TOMA EL LUGAR DE CUALQUIER OTRA GARANTIA
EXPRESA. GARANTIAS IMPLICITAS MERCANTILES O ADAPTADAS PARA UN PROPOSITO EN
PARTICULAR, NO DEBEN DE EXTENDER LA DURACION DE LA GARANTIA EXPRESADA AQUI, Y
EL REMEDIO POR VIOLACIONES A CUALQUIER GARANTIA IMPLICITA DEBE DE SER LIMITADO
A LA REPARACION O REEMPLAZO DEL PRODUCTO DEFECTUOSO CONFORME A LOS TERMINOS
AQUI ESTABLECIDOS. INVACARE NO ES RESPONSABLE POR CUALQUIER DAÑO CONSECUENTE
O INCIDENTAL EN ABSOLUTO.
ESTA GARANTIA DEBE DE SER EXTENDIDA PARA CUMPLIR CON LAS LEYES Y REQUERIMIENTOS
DE ESTADO O PROVINCIA.
7
NOTE : Vérifier toutes les pièces pour s'assurer l'analyseur pendant au moins une (1) minute pour
qu'elles n'ont pas été endommagées pendant le trans- permettre au détecteur interne d'atteindre la même
port. Le cas échéant NE PAS utiliser. Contacter le température que le flot de gaz.
transporteur/fournisseur pour plus d'instructions.
INSTRUCTIONS D'UTILISATION
RÉSUMÉ DES CONSIGNES DE (FIGURE 1)
SÉCURITÉ 1. Appuyer sur la touche ON ( I ) (Mise en marche).
Les recommandations suivantes visent l'installation L'écran à cristaux liquides devrait s'allumer.
et l'utilisation sécuritaires de l'analyseur d'02 portable NOTE : L'analyseur s'éteint automatiquement
TM
Invacare (Check O2 Plus ). après environ deux (2) minutes d'utilisation. Ceci
AVERTISSEMENT permet de prolonger la durée de vie des piles.
NE PAS installer cet équipement sans d'abord 2. L'écran affichera "FLO" pendant environ deux (2)
avoir lu et compris ce feuillet d'instructions. Si vous secondes puis passera à la lecture du en L/min.
3. Si aucune lecture n'apparaît ou si l'écran est figé
ne comprenez pas les instructions, contacter un ou défaillant, se référer à la section dépannage
professionnel des soins de santé, un fournisseur de ce feuillet d'instructions.
ou un technicien, s'il y a lieu, avant d'installer cet 4. Pour mesurer la concentration en oxygène ou le
équipement, sans quoi des blessures ou des débit, raccorder l’entrée FLOW/CONCENTRA-
dommages pourraient survenir. TION (débit/concentration) de l’analyseur avec
un tube anti-écrasement de 1/4 po. (dia. int.) au
L’oxygène accélère la combustion: raccord de sortie du gaz à être mesuré.
NE PAS fumer pendant l'utilisation d'oxygène. 5. Pour mesurer la pression, raccorder l’entrée
NE PAS utiliser d'oxygène en présence de PRESSURE (pression) de l’analyseur, avec un
tube anti-écrasement de 1/4 po.(dia. int.) au
flammes, d'étincelles ou d'objets incandescents. raccord de sortie du gaz à être mesuré.
S'assurer que toutes les pièces sont installées 6. Appuyer sur la touche FUNCTION ( )
adéquatement et sécuritairement. (Fonction) pour faire fera défiler les différentes
fonctions de l'appareil.
ATTENTION
"Attention: Suivant la loi fédérale, cet appareil AFFICHAGE MESURES VALEUR
doit être vendu par un médecin ou sur pre- FLO Débit Litres par minute
scription de ce dernier, ou par tout autre O2 Concentration en oxygène Pourcentaged'oxygène
praticien reconnu par l'état où il pratique, PSI Pression Livres par pouce carré
utilise ou prescrit cet appareil." KPA Pression KiloPascals
NE PAS soumettre les ports de l'analyseur à NOTE: L'analyseur d’O2 portable Invacare peut être
une pression supérieure à 20 P.S.I.; les utilisé pour mesurer le rendement d'un concentrateur
composantes internes pourraient être à oxygène à partir du raccord de sortie ou de tout autre
endommagées. accessoire pour concentrateur tel que le débitmètre à
NE PAS utiliser l'analyseur avec de l'oxygène distance ou le débitmètre pédiatrique Invacare. Toutefois,
pur à partir de cylindres haute pression ou Invacare ne recommande pas l'utilisation de l'analyseur
de système liquides. d’O2 pour mesurer les débits inférieurs à 1L/min. Se
NE PAS utiliser l'analyseur d'02 portable Invac- référer aux spécifications du produit.
are avec un débit d'air humidifié. Son NOTE: Le gaz de sortie du concentrateur, mesuré à
utilisation avec des vapeurs d'eau peut partir du raccord de sortie du concentrateur ou d’un
entraîner des lectures erronées et causer des accessoire pour concentrateur, ne doit PAS contenir de
dommages internes. gaz humidifié. Démonter toute bouteille pour humidifier
avant de prendre les lectures afin d’éviter de prendre
UTILISATION des lectures erronées et d’endommager le détecteur
NOTE : L'analyseur d'02 portable Invacare est conçu et de débit interne. S’assurer de remonter la bouteille pour
calibré pour mesurer le gaz de sortie non-humidifié d'un humidifier avant de retourner l’équipement au patient.
concentrateur à oxygène SEULEMENT. Entrée
NOTE : L'analyseur n'est pas conçu pour la surveillance Pression Entrée Débit/
en continu de l'administration de gaz au patient. Concentration
NOTE : L'analyseur ne comporte aucune pièce interne Ecran
pouvant être entretenue par le client. L'appareil ne d’affichage
nécessite pas de calibrage. à cristaux
Touche liquides
NOTE : Lorsque vous utilisez l'analyseur après un
Fonction Touche ON
entreposage dans des conditions très chaudes ou très
froides, laissez le gaz mesuré s'écouler dans FIGURE 1-INSTRUCTIONS POUR L'UTILISATION
8
7. Pour les lectures “02”, les valeurs inférieures à 5. Si une partie de l'écran n'apparaît pas ou apparaît
70% seront affichées “LO”. par intermittence, contacter le service technique
Invacare pour la réparation.
8. Lorsque la pile est complètement déchargée, le mot
BAt clignotera une fois sur l'écran à cristaux liquides SPÉCIFICATIONS
(ECL) et l'analyseur s'arrêtera automatiquement.
Se référer à la section remplacer la pile dans ce FONCTIONNEMENT
feuillet d'instructions. Pression :
Plage : 0 à 10 p.s.i. 0 à 68.9 kPa
REMPLACER LA PILE Résolution : 0.1 PSI 0.7 kPa
NOTE : La pile interne doit être changée lorsque Précision : + 2% + 2%
le mot BAt apparaît à l'écran. Débit :
1. Retourner l'analyseur. Plage : 0 à 6.0 l/min.
Entrée : Pour les gaz non humidifiés
2. Enlever les six (6) vis qui fixent les deux parties de à la sortie d’un concentra-
l'appareil et enlever le couvercle de la partie teur à oxygène.
inférieure. Résolution : 0.1 l/min.
3. Enlever la pile déchargée de ses pattes de fixation, Précision : + 5% (+ 0.3 L/min.)
la jeter ou la recycler correctement. Température du flux gazeux: +15 à +35°C
ATTENTION Concentration:
S'assurer que la polarité de la pile est Plage : 73% à 96% d'02
adéquate. Entrée : Pour les gaz non humidifiés
à la sortie d’unconcentra-
4. Installer une nouvelle pile de 9 volts sur les pattes teur à oxygène seulement.
de fixation de la pile. S'assurer que la batterie est Résolution : 0.1 %
fixée correctement sur les pattes. Précision : + 2%
Température du flux
NOTE :L’utilisation d’une pile alcaline DURACELL®
gazeux : +15 à +35°C
de 9 volts garantira une durée de service maximale
Alarme : Pile faible
de l’appareil. Délai de mise en
5. Remettre l’appareil à l'endroit et appuyer sur le marche : 1 minute et 45 secondes
bouton ON. L’écran devrait s’allumer. Si c’est le + 5 secondes
cas, replacer le couvercle et installer les six vis Ecran : Cristaux liquides
du couvercle. Batterie : Une pile alcaline 9 volts
NEDA/ANSI 1604A
6. Si l'appareil ne s'allume pas, enlever la pile, la Durée de service
vérifier dans un autre appareil ou avec un de la batterie : 400 heures et + (13 700
vérificateur de piles et la réinstaller. Essayer de cycles de lecture) avec une
remettre en marche l'appareil. pile alcaline
7. Si l'appareil ne fonctionne toujours pas avec la Garantie : 2 ans
pile vérifiée, contacter le service technique DESCRIPTION : Poids:0, 65 livres
Invacare pour la réparation. Largeur: 3,30 po.
Longueur: 7,3 po.
DÉPANNAGE Longueur avec
raccordements: 7,9 po.
NOTE : L'analyseur ne comporte aucune pièce in- Epaisseur: 1,25 po.
terne pouvant être entretenue par le client.
ENVIRONNEMENT
1. Si l'appareil ne fonctionne pas, remplacer la
Plage de température
pile par une bonne pile.
de service : + 59 à +95 F°
2. Si l'appareil ne fonctionne toujours pas avec
+15 à +35°C
une nouvelle pile, contacter le service tech-
nique Invacare pour la réparation. Plage de température
d'entreposage : -4 F à +158 F°
3. Si l'appareil fonctionne, mais que la touche FUNC-
-20 à +70°C
TION ne permet pas de sélectionner les fonctions,
contacter le service technique Invacare pour la Plage d’humidité : 20 à 60% d'humidité
réparation. relative
4. Si l'écran s'allume, mais que les lectures sont Altitude (maximum) : Jusqu'à 1828 mètres
erronnées ou figées, contacter le service tech- (6000 pi.) au-dessus du
nique Invacare pour la réparation. niveau de la mer
9
GARANTIE LIMITÉE
REMARQUE: LA GARANTIE CI-DESSOUS A ÉTÉ RÉDIGÉE EN ACCORD AVEC LA LOI FÉDÉRALE
APPLICABLE SUR LES PRODUITS FABRIQUÉS APRÈS LE 4 JUILLET 1975.
Cette garantie est valable pour l'acheteur-utilisateur initial de nos produits seulement.
Cette garantie vous donne des droits légaux spécifiques et d'autres droits variant d'un État
à l'autre peuvent se rajouter.
INVACARE garantit ses pièces contre tout défaut de fabrication ou défaut dans le matériel
pour une période de deux (2) ans à partir de la date d'achat. Si, durant cette période, ce
produit devait s'avérer défectueux, il sera réparé ou remplacé, suivant le choix d'INVACARE.
Cette garantie ne couvre aucun frais de main-d'oeuvre ou de livraison encouru par
l'intallation de pièces de rechange ou la réparation dudit produit. La seule et unique ob-
ligation d'INVACARE suivant cette garantie se limite au remplacement et/ou à la
réparation.
Pour le service, contacter votre fournisseur ou votre distributeur.
NE PAS retourner les produits ou les pièces directement à l'usine sans d'abord avoir eu
notre consentement écrit. Ce type d'envoi sera refusé.
RESTRICTIONS: LA PRÉSENTE GARANTIE NE S'APPLIQUE PAS AUX PRODUITS DONT LE NUMÉRO
DE SÉRIE A ÉTÉ EFFACÉ OU MODIFIÉ, AUX PRODUITS MAL ENTRETENUS, ACCIDENTÉS,
INADÉQUATEMENT UTILISÉS, ENTRETENUS OU ENTREPOSÉS, D'USAGE COMMERCIAL OU
INSTITUTIONNEL, AUX PRODUITS MODIFIÉS SANS LE CONSENTEMENT ÉCRIT D’INVACARE
(INCLUANT, MAIS NE SE LIMITANT PAS À, LA MODIFICATION AVEC DES PIÈCES OU
ACCESSOIRES NON AUTORISÉS), AUX PRODUITS ENDOMMAGÉS PAR DES RÉPARATIONS FAITES
SANS L'APPROBATION D'INVACARE, OU AUX PRODUITS ENDOMMAGÉS DANS DES
CIRCONSTANCES AU-DELÀ DU CONTRÔLE D'INVACARE. L'ÉVALUATION SERA FAITE PAR
INVACARE. LA GARANTIE NE S'APPLIQUE PAS AUX PROBLÈME DÉCOULANT DE L'USURE
NORMALE OU DE LA NÉGLIGENCE À RESPECTER LES INSTRUCTIONS SUIVANTES.
LA PRÉSENTE GARANTIE EST EXCLUSIVE ET REMPLACE TOUTES LES AUTRES GARANTIES. LES
GARANTIES IMPLICITES, S'IL Y A LIEU, INCLUANT LA GARANTIE DE COMMERCIALISATION ET
D'AJUSTEMENT DANS UN BUT PARTICULIER, NE DOIVENT SE PROLONGER AU-DELA DE LA DURÉE
DE LA PRÉSENTE GARANTIE, ET LE RECOURS POUR VIOLATION DE QUELCONQUE GARANTIE
IMPLICITE DOIT SE LIMITER À LA RÉPARATION OU AU REMPLACEMENT DU PRODUIT DÉFECTUEUX
CONFORMÉMENT AUX PRÉSENTS TERMES. INVACARE NE SERA PAS TENU RESPONSABLE POUR
TOUT DOMMAGE-INTÉRÊT DIRECT OU ACCESSOIRE.
CETTE GARANTIE DEVRA ÊTRE ÉLARGIE POUR RÉPONDRE AUX LOIS ET AUX RÈGLEMENTS DES
ÉTATS/PROVINCES.
10
NOTES
11
USA Canada
One Invacare Way 570 Matheson Blvd E Unit 8 Invacare is a registered
Elyria, Ohio USA Mississauga Ontario trademark of Invacare Corporation.
44036-2125 L4Z 4G4 Canada Yes, you can. is a
800-333-6900 800-668-5324 trademark of Invacare Corporation.
Respiratory Products
2101 E. Lake Mary Blvd. Part No. 1083100 Rev B - 1/05
Sanford, Florida USA
32773
800-832-4707
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MODIFICATION
THROUGH THE USE OF UNAUTHORIZED PARTS OR
ATTACHMENTS) OR TO PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY REASON OF
REPAIRS MADE TO ANY COMPONENT WITHOUT THE
SPECIFIC CONSENT OF INVACARE CORPORATION OR TO
PRODUCTS DAMAGED BY CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND
THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN
LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, AND THE SOLE REMEDY FOR VIOLATIONS OF ANY
WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR OR
REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT PURSUANT TO
THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN. THE APPLICATION OF ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY WHATSOEVER SHALL NOT EXTEND
BEYOND THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY
PROVIDED HEREIN. INVACARE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR
ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE,
OR LIMITATION OF HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY
LASTS, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU.
THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE EXTENDED TO COMPLY WITH
STATE/PROVINCIAL LAWS AND REQUIREMENTS.

USA Invacare, the Medallion Design,
One Invacare Way Yes, You Can. are registered
Elyria, Ohio USA trademarks of Invacare Corporation.
44036-2125 Platinum and HomeFill are trademarks
800-333-6900 of Invacare Corporation
© 2006 Invacare Corporation.
Technical Services
800-832-4707 Part No 1100873
Rev G - 11/01/06
T he part I enjoyed the most is (and why?) _____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
The part I enjoyed the least is (and why?) _____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Is there anything you would like added or taken away from this course?:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Additional Comments___________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
What is E=MC2 ? or If a tree falls in the forest does it make a sound if no one is around to hear it?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
I found out about this course by: Mailing Invacare Web Site My Invacare Rep We phoned/faxed you
Other (please list) ____________________________________________________________________________
Please fill out the following information to receive your certificate of completion:
Name__________________________ Dealer Technician Other Affiliation______________________________
Street Address_______________________________________ work home City_________________ Prov._____
Postal Code__________________ Phone #_________________________ Fax #____________________________
E-mail Address_________________________________________
Would you like information on how to register on our website for access to manuals? Yes / No
THANK YOU FOR YOUR ATTENDANCE AND VALUED COMMENTS!
The personal Information collected on this form will be used solely by Invacare Canada Inc. for purposes related to the
evaluation of the course attended and to inform you about upcoming courses. If you have any questions regarding our
privacy policies, a copy of Invacare’s Privacy Statement is available upon request made to: Privacy Officer, Invacare
Canada Inc., 570 Matheson Blvd. East, Unit #8. Mississauga, ON L4Z 4G4
2
2010 Technical Education
Educational Seminar Evaluation
We value your feedback and will use it to better our program and better serve our customers.
We will require this form back to supply you with your certificates.
I attended in _______________________(city) Date:__________________________
1 = Poor (strongly disagree) 2 = Fair (disagree) 3= Good (agree)

4 = Very good (strongly agree) 5 = Great (exceeded all expectations)
Overall: Comments:
How would you rate the content of
1 1 2 3 4 5
this class?
How would you rate the performance
2 1 2 3 4 5
of the instructor?
This course will help you better serve
3 1 2 3 4 5
your customers.
The audiovisual materials were
4 1 2 3 4 5
helpful.
The handouts were well organized
5 1 2 3 4 5
and helpful.
The Invacare staff in attendance was
6 1 2 3 4 5
helpful and knowledgeable.
7 The room was comfortable. 1 2 3 4 5
I would recommend this course to
8 1 2 3 4 5
others.
Please see the reverse page

2010 Respiratory PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2010 Respiratory PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2010 Respiratory PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

5HVSLUDWRU\

Resource Guide 2010

Section 1 - Platinum Concentrator Service Manual

Section 2 - Perfecto2 Concentrator Service Manual

Section 3 - XPO2 Portable Concentrator Service Manual

Section 4 - Homefill Owner’s II Manual

Section 5 - Invacare Check O2 Plus Hand-Held Analyzer

Invacare Technical Support Hotline: 1-800-668-5324 ext. 2655

Bert Richer (Business Development Manager - Respiratory): 613-296-7282

Invacare Respiratory Customer Support Hotline: 1-800-668-5324

Find service parts and parts prices on-line at

www.invacare.ca, see Parts Catalog orTechnical Zone

To send concentrators to Invacare technical services for rep

3. Do not send any accessories or literature.

5. Do not use “popcorn” or paper to pack the equipment.

6. The unit should be cleaned internally to save a $25.00 cleaning charge.

• Record shipping tracking number in case carrier loses product.

Meters / Test Equipment

Pressure Gauge Tap In Kit Part # 2001673

“System Pressure 5L”

“System Pressure 10L”

Pressure Test Gauge

Parts needed to check sieve bed pressure through Homefill II port:

Figure 1. Step 5 Figure 2. Step 8

Factory Specifications for Sieve Bed Pressure Swings:

• Never needs to be calibrated.

• Never needs to have the fuel cell

• Measure three parameters,

• Features simple, two button

• 9-volt battery power source

• Shuts off automatically to extend

• 2-year limited warranty.

Do not hook IRC400 up to high pressure.

Cabinet Assembly Product Tank Assembly - P2

Power Consumption Formula

301 Series - 350 Watts

Example: 5LX Series Unit

Step 1: Determine the Kilowatt Hour Rating (KWH)

Wattage Rating of Concentrator (Volts x Amps) 350 Watts

Multiplied by Hours Per Day Usage X 8 Hours

Multiplied by number of days in the month X 30 Days

Divided by 1000 / 1000

Equals Kilowatt Hours per month usage = 84 KWH per month

Step 2: Determine the electric company charge per KWH

Monthly Cost = $8.40 per Month

Red Green Fault Corrective Action

1 1 Low Pressure Failure Major Leak, Bad Check Valve, Weak

1 2 High Pressure Failure Pressure Transducer Failed, Valve not

1 4 Pilot Valve #1 - Coil Open 24 VDC during Shift, 75 - 85 Ohm

1 5 Pilot Valve #2 - Coil Open 24 VDC during Shift, 75 - 85 Ohm

2 1 73% - Low O2 Dirty Filters, Flow set too High

2 2 85% - Low O2 Dirty Filters, Flow set too High

2 3 P.E. Valve - Coil Open 24 VDC during Shift, 75 - 85 Ohm

2 4 Microprocessor EPROM Replace PC Board

2 5 Microprocessor RAM Replace PC Board

3 1 O2 Sensor Failure Replace PC Board

3 3 Mode O Auto Tune Failure Make sure switch is set on position O

P1 - Input/Output VAC P3 - Transformer P5 - Output VDC

According to RexRoth there is an acceptable leak specification of 60 cc per minute at 20 psi on